WO2022017237A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022017237A1
WO2022017237A1 PCT/CN2021/106287 CN2021106287W WO2022017237A1 WO 2022017237 A1 WO2022017237 A1 WO 2022017237A1 CN 2021106287 W CN2021106287 W CN 2021106287W WO 2022017237 A1 WO2022017237 A1 WO 2022017237A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
identifier
message
core network
paging
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/106287
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
才宇
姚楚婷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022017237A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022017237A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02—Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment.
  • a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device.
  • the technology is called user equipment to network relay (UE to network relay, UE2NW relay) technology.
  • the remote terminal equipment can receive paging from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor on the paging occasion (PO) of the remote terminal device.
  • PO paging occasion
  • the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different, so the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in an extra time besides the PO of the relay terminal device. Increased power consumption of relay terminal equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a terminal device.
  • a first aspect provides a first communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal device sending a first identification to a first core network device, where the first identification is an identification of a second terminal device, or the first identification An identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device receives a second identification from the first core network device, where the second identification is a new identification allocated for the first terminal device, wherein the paging occasion corresponding to the second identification is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or , the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the method may be performed by a first communication apparatus, and the first communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device.
  • the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a first terminal device.
  • the PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same.
  • the second terminal device is a relay terminal device
  • the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
  • the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, there are Helps reduce the power consumption of the first terminal device; or, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the first terminal device in a relatively short time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering.
  • the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping;
  • the POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices can be partially or completely overlapped in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can not only monitor the paging of the first terminal device, but also can monitor the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • a difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold , or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain, the above three items can also be replaced with the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect
  • the seven items described in That is, the three relationships between the POs as above, and the seven relationships between the logos as above, the two can be substituted for each other.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy three relationships between POs, or, it can also be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to The identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device are made to satisfy seven relationships between POs.
  • the method of the first aspect can also be changed to: the first terminal device sends a first identifier to the first core network device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, or the first identifier is The identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; the first terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; A terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is a new identifier allocated for the first terminal device, wherein,
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • a difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
  • the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect can also be changed to:
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device.
  • the domain distance is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the identification of the second terminal device from the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may first send the identifier of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the first identifier to the first core network device, for example, the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first The identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the total number of paging frames included in a DRX cycle, and N s represents The total number of paging occasions included in one paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is the modulo operation.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the third optional embodiment of the first aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments,
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  • the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but only needs to send the first identifier to the first core network device, and the first identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device requests to pass the second terminal The device listens for paging. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
  • the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
  • the first message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, for example, the first message is a NAS message; or, the first message may also be multiplexed
  • the first message may be a registration request message of the first terminal device, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or may also be an instruction that the first terminal device communicates with the network through the second terminal device Communication (or in other words, messages instructing the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device), etc.
  • the sixth optional embodiment of the first aspect In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the first aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments,
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receiving a second message from the first core network device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  • Indicating through the second message that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device can make the indication more explicit.
  • the first core network device may not send the second message to the first terminal device, but only needs to send the second identification to the first terminal device, and the second identification may also indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to pass the second terminal device. Monitor paging. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first terminal device and the first core network device determine a first DRX cycle through negotiation, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, where the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle.
  • the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device. The DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives a fourth message from the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor a paging message for the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send a third message to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device makes it clear that the first terminal device requests the second terminal device to monitor the paging.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends a fourth message to the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may send a third message to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device makes it clear that the second terminal device requests the first terminal device to monitor the search call.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device monitors a paging message for the second terminal device according to a third DRX cycle, wherein when the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the The second DRX cycle, or, when the first DRX cycle is smaller than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle is the DRX of the first terminal device cycle, the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle
  • the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle
  • the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle .
  • the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives a fifth message from the first core network device, where the fifth message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device may notify the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device without the second terminal device requesting the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a third identifier , and/or include a second DRX cycle, wherein the third identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message may include the identifier of the second terminal device or the third identifier, so that the first terminal device can clarify the identity of the second terminal device, so as to monitor the paging for the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message may also include the second DRX cycle, so that the first terminal device can monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the second DRX cycle.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives a third indication message from the first core network device, where the third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  • the third indication message may be used to indicate that the paging is no longer monitored by the second terminal device, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated, or used to indicate that the paging is monitored from the network.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging (or cancels the second terminal device from monitoring the paging through the first terminal device), so that the manner in which the terminal device monitors the paging is more flexible.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends a first indication message to the first core network device, where the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send a first indication message to the first core network device to request to no longer monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes :
  • the first terminal device sends a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fourth indication message is used to indicate that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may notify the second terminal device that the first terminal device no longer monitors the paging through the second terminal device. Then, after the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message, it can no longer monitor the paging for the second terminal device, so as to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device, and also enable the first terminal device to use other channels (for example, an air interface) Receive paging.
  • the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message, it can no longer monitor the paging for the second terminal device, so as to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device, and also enable the first terminal device to use other channels (for example, an air interface) Receive paging.
  • a second communication method comprising: a first core network device receiving a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is used to determine a new identification for the first terminal device, the The first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, or the identifier of the first terminal device, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device The device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; the first core network device determines, according to the first identifier, that the identifier of the first terminal device is a second identifier, where the second identifier corresponds to The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first The threshold value, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the
  • the method may be performed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the second communication apparatus is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device for implementing the function of the network device, or other components for implementing the function of the network device.
  • the second communication apparatus is taken as an example of a network device, such as a first core network device.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • a difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
  • the first core network device determines the The identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier, including:
  • the first core network device determines a third identifier according to the first identifier, where the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, or is based on the first identifier. the identifier determined by the identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device according to the third identifier.
  • the first core network device may query and determine the second terminal device that is associated with the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may query the subscription of the first terminal device by querying data to determine the second terminal device that has an associated relationship with the first terminal device, so as to determine the identity of the second terminal device. For example, the determined identity of the second terminal device is the third The identification determines that the identification of the first terminal device is the second identification. Alternatively, if the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, the first core network device may also convert the first identification first, that is, the first core network device determines the third identification according to the first identification, and then determines the third identification according to the third identification.
  • the first core network device may directly determine the second identifier according to the first identifier, without further determining the third identifier. It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device is relatively flexible.
  • the first The identifier is SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the paging frame included in one DRX cycle N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
  • the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents that a DRX cycle includes The total number of paging frames, N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
  • the method further includes: the first core network device receives a first message from the first terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  • the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to be synchronized change, or, the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device in the association relationship can be consistent.
  • the association relationship here can be used to keep the identifier of the first terminal device consistent with the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types of identifiers described above. Any one or more of the relationships, or, can enable the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships between the POs described above; or, The association relationship here can be used to keep the PO of the first terminal device consistent with the PO of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can satisfy the three types of POs introduced above. Any one or more of the relationships, or enable the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the identifications described above.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device, and the method Also includes:
  • the first core network device determines that a new identity needs to be allocated to the first terminal device
  • the first core network device assigns a fourth identification to the first terminal device, and the first core network device assigns a fifth identification to the second terminal device, wherein the determined value is determined according to the fourth identification.
  • the paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification is less than or is equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the first terminal device, the first core network device may be the first terminal device. The fourth identifier is allocated. In addition, the first core network device may allocate a fifth identifier to the second terminal device, for example, the first core network device may allocate the fifth identifier according to the fourth identifier. After the assignment, the fourth identification and the fifth identification may be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifications as described above, or the PO determined according to the fourth identification and the PO determined according to the fifth identification may be made to satisfy One or more of the three relationships between POs as described above.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices
  • the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device
  • the method further includes:
  • a seventh message is received from the second core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance of establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may also request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, thereby ensuring that the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can always be consistent.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first core network device may send the second identification allocated to the first terminal device to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device may use the second identification.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
  • the method further includes: the first core network device sends a second message to the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device receives a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device allocates a sixth identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification.
  • the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the first core network device can
  • the fifth identification assigned by the core network device to the second terminal device is used to assign a new identification to the first terminal device, so that the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types between the identifications introduced above.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device receives a fifth identification from the second core network device, and the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device sends a ninth message to the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the seventh identifier is a new identifier allocated for the second terminal device
  • the first core network device allocates an eighth identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier.
  • the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. However, after the second core network device assigns the fifth identifier to the second terminal device, the first core network device may not be able to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the fifth identifier. Then the first core network device can continue to request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the seventh identifier assigned by the second core network device to the second terminal device. A terminal device assigns a new identity.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be
  • the PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device, the first candidate identifier for determining the fifth identifier, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device allocates the eighth identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device can also send the first candidate identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier .
  • the second core network device may not be able to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, then the second core network device may notify the first core network device, and the first core network device may assign a new identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the eighth identification without assigning the first candidate identification.
  • the subsequent first core network device may also send the eighth identification to the second core network device, so that the second core network device allocates a new identification to the second terminal device according to the eighth identification. That is, through this multiple negotiation method, the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be The PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
  • the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is The identifier to be allocated to the second terminal device, and the eighth identifier is determined according to the second candidate identifier.
  • the second core network device may notify the first core network device.
  • the identifier of the terminal device that is, the second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is also sent to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, such as the first
  • the eight identifiers are determined according to the second candidate identifier, so that the second core network device can assign the second candidate identifier to the second terminal device, reducing the probability that the second core network device cannot assign an identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be
  • the PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • a fifth message is sent to the first terminal device, where the fifth message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device may notify the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device does not need to initiate a request to the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a fourth identifier
  • the fourth identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and/or includes a second DRX cycle, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message may include the identification of the second terminal device or the fourth identification, so that the first terminal device can clarify the identity of the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message may also include the second DRX cycle, so that the first terminal device can monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first core network device and the second core network device determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation, the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is The DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device.
  • the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device.
  • the DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device.
  • the process of negotiating the DRX cycle may occur between the terminal device and the core network device, or may also occur between the core network devices, which is more flexible.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may determine whether to support the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, and there is no restriction on the determination method.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first core network device receives a first indication message from the first terminal device, where the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device.
  • One way of determining is that after receiving the first indication message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported.
  • the terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
  • the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device;
  • the first core network device receives a first confirmation message from the second core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the first core network device may notify the second core network device, so that the second core network device will no longer associate the first terminal device with the first terminal device.
  • the device is associated with the second terminal device.
  • the An indication message is a NAS message, or an N2 message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first core network device sends a third indication message to the first terminal device, where the third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • a third communication method includes: the second core network device receives a sixth message from the first core network device, where the sixth message is used to request to establish a connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device an association relationship, the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to change synchronously, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices,
  • the first core network device is a core network device that provides services for the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device, and the first terminal device Provide a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device
  • the second core network device sends a seventh message, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance of establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the method may be performed by a third communication apparatus, and the third communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the third communication apparatus is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device for implementing the function of the network device, or other components for implementing the function of the network device.
  • the third communication apparatus is a network device, for example, a second core network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second core network device receives an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
  • the second core network device sends a fifth identification to the first core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second core network device receives a ninth message from the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the second core network device sends a seventh identification to the first core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes the A candidate identifier, the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the fifth identifier is determined according to the first candidate identifier.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second core network device receives an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device, the first candidate identifier for determining the fifth identification, and the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device;
  • the second core network device sends a ninth message to the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device.
  • the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is to be allocated The identification of the second terminal device, and the second candidate identification is used to determine the new identification of the first terminal device.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second core network device and the first core network device determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle
  • the period is the DRX period of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX period is greater than or equal to the second DRX period.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second core network device receiving, by the second core network device, a second indication message from the first core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
  • the second core network device sends a first confirmation message to the first core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second core network device sends a fifth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fifth indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned first communication device.
  • the first communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
  • the first communication apparatus is the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions.
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the first communication apparatus is continued to be the first terminal device, and the processing module, the sending module, and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
  • the sending module is configured to send the first identification to the first core network device, where the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, or the first identification is the identification of the first terminal device,
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a second identification from the first core network device, where the second identification is a new identification allocated for the first terminal device, wherein the paging corresponding to the second identification
  • the timing is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, Or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • a difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the received data from the second terminal device. the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first The identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the total number of paging frames included in a DRX cycle, and N s represents The total number of paging occasions included in one paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is the modulo operation.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first core network device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second DRX cycle from the second terminal device, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
  • the processing module is configured to determine a first DRX cycle through negotiation with the first core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or Equal to the second DRX cycle.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device
  • the sending module is further configured to send a third message to the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a fourth message from the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device
  • the sending module is further configured to receive a third message from the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to send a fourth message to the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the second terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to monitor the second terminal device according to the third DRX cycle Paging message, wherein, when the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the second DRX cycle, or, when the first DRX cycle is less than the second DRX cycle , the third DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth message from the first core network device, and the fifth message is used for instructing the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a third identifier , and/or include a second DRX cycle, wherein the third identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a third indication message from the first core network device, the The third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the first core network device to the first core network device.
  • Indication message the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the sending module It is also used to send a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fourth indication message is used to indicate that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication device, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned second communication device.
  • the second communication device is configured to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a core network device, such as a first core network device.
  • the second communication apparatus is the first core network device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions.
  • the second communication apparatus is a communication device
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction process of the fifth aspect continue to take the second communication device as the first core network device, and take the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module as examples for introduction. in,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is used to determine a new identification for the first terminal device, and the first identification is an identification of the second terminal device, or is the identifier of the first terminal device, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first identification, the identification of the first terminal device as a second identification, wherein the paging occasion corresponding to the second identification is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device
  • the timings are the same, or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier
  • the occasion partially or completely overlaps in the time domain with the paging occasion of the second terminal device.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
  • the difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • a difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first identifier, in the following manner
  • the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier:
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, or is based on the identifier of the second terminal device the identified identification;
  • the second identification is allocated to the first terminal device.
  • the first The identifier is SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the paging frame included in one DRX cycle N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
  • the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents that a DRX cycle includes The total number of paging frames, N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
  • the fifth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first message from the first terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor a paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
  • the processing module is further configured to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be changed synchronously.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device,
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that a new identity needs to be allocated to the first terminal device
  • the processing module is further configured to assign a fourth identification to the first terminal device, and assign a fifth identification to the second terminal device, wherein the paging timing determined according to the fourth identification is The paging occasions determined by the fifth identification are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasions determined according to the fifth identification is less than or equal to the first threshold, or , the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices
  • the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device
  • the sending module is further configured to send a sixth message to the second core network device, where the sixth message is used to request the second core network device to be the first terminal device and the second terminal device establishing an association relationship, the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to change synchronously;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a seventh message from the second core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second message to the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
  • the processing module is further configured to assign a sixth identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification.
  • the sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a ninth message to the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a seventh identification from the second core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
  • the processing module is further configured to assign an eighth identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier.
  • the sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the first candidate identifier The identifier is used to determine a new identifier of the second terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a ninth message from the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device;
  • the processing module is further configured to assign an eighth identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is The identifier to be allocated to the second terminal device, and the eighth identifier is determined according to the second candidate identifier.
  • the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device
  • the sending module is further configured to send a fifth message to the first terminal device, the fifth message The message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a fourth identifier
  • the fourth identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and/or includes a second DRX cycle, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation with the second core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device .
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the processing module is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported through the second terminal The device listens for paging messages.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first indication from the first terminal device message, the first indication message is used to request that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second indication message to the second core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first confirmation message from the second core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the first The indication message is a NAS message, or an N2 message.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a third indication message to the first terminal device, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device no longer passes through the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device listens for paging messages.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the third communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the third communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a core network device, such as a second core network device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module can be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module can be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver can be different functional modules, or can be the same functional module but can implement different functions.
  • the third communication device is a communication device
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a sixth message from the first core network device, where the sixth message is used to request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the first terminal device
  • the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be changed synchronously, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and the first core network device is the first core network device.
  • the second core network device is a core network device that provides services to the second terminal device, and the first terminal device provides relay services to the second terminal device, or , the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the sending module is configured to send a seventh message to the first core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first Two identifiers or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a fifth identification to the first core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a ninth message from the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes all the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to send a seventh identification to the first core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes the A candidate identifier, the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the fifth identifier is determined according to the first candidate identifier.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the first candidate identifier The identifier is used to determine the fifth identifier, and the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a ninth message to the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device.
  • the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is to be allocated The identification of the second terminal device, and the second candidate identification is used to determine the new identification of the first terminal device.
  • the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In selected embodiments,
  • the processing module is further configured to determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation with the first core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
  • the DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second indication message from the first core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first confirmation message to the first core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a fifth indication message to the second terminal device,
  • the fifth indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned first communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the first communication apparatus when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication apparatus is caused to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the second communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the above second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the second communication apparatus when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication apparatus is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a core network device, such as a first core network device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a core network device, such as a second core network device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a tenth aspect provides a first communication system, the first communication system comprising the communication device of the fourth aspect or the communication device of the seventh aspect, and the communication device of the fifth aspect or the communication device of the eighth aspect the communication device described.
  • the second communication system further includes the communication apparatus described in the sixth aspect or the communication apparatus described in the ninth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the second aspect or the second aspect above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the third aspect or the third aspect A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product being used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product being used to store a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same or similar, thereby reducing the power consumption of the relay terminal device for monitoring paging.
  • FIGS. 1A to 1D are schematic diagrams of four application scenarios according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a fifth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a first core network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a second core network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity sexual equipment.
  • it may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscription unit (subscriber unit), subscription station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscription unit subscriber unit
  • subscription station subscriber
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • AP remote terminal
  • remote terminal remote terminal
  • access terminal
  • these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • mobile telephones or "cellular" telephones
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment.
  • the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • the terminal device may further include a relay (relay).
  • a relay relay
  • any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment over the air interface through one or more cells , or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU).
  • the base station may be used to interconvert the received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • the network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include fifth generation mobile
  • the next generation node B (gNB) in the communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system (also referred to as the NR system) may also include a cloud access network (cloud radio)
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in an access network, Cloud RAN) system.
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment, for example, the core network equipment includes an access and mobility management function (AMF), a session management function (SMF) or a user plane function (user plane) in the 5G system function, UPF), etc., or include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) and the like in the 4G system.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
  • the DRX mechanism includes a DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device will periodically "wake up” for a period of time, and may remain in a "sleep” state at other times in the DRX cycle to reduce power consumption.
  • the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCH physical downlink control channel
  • Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state the terminal equipment has three RRC states: RRC connected (connected) state, RRC idle (idle) state and RRC inactive (inactive) state.
  • RRC connected state (or, it can also be referred to as connected state.
  • connected state and “RRC connected state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device has established an RRC connection with the network, which can data transfer.
  • RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state.
  • idle state and “RRC idle state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, the base station The context for this end device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
  • RRC inactive state (or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • RRC inactive state or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • deactive state “inactive state”, “deactive state”, “Deactivated state”, “inactive state”, “RRC inactive state” or “RRC deactivated state”, etc., are the same concept, and these terms can be interchanged):
  • the terminal device entered the RRC connection at the anchor base station before. state, and then the anchor base station releases the RRC connection, but the anchor base station saves the context of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to re-enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection recovery process (or referred to as an RRC connection re-establishment process) at the base station where it currently resides. Because the terminal device may be in a mobile state, the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the anchor base station of the terminal device may be the same base station, or may be different base stations. Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, and timing of multiple objects , priority or importance, etc.
  • the first identification and the second identification are only for distinguishing different identifications, but do not indicate the difference in the amount of information, content, priority or importance of the two identifications.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, since the network may page the terminal device, the terminal device needs to monitor the paging.
  • the terminal device can wake up on the PO of the terminal device to monitor and paging downlink control information (DCI), or monitor the PDCCH, and can sleep at other times except the PO, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a 2-bit field is included in the paging DCI, and the field may indicate that the paging DCI includes scheduling information, a short message, or both scheduling information and a short message.
  • the scheduling information is used for scheduling paging messages, for example, the scheduling information includes time-frequency resource information or modulation and coding information of the paging message.
  • Short messages can indicate whether system information has changed, Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) notifications or Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) notifications, etc.
  • Table 1 may be referred to for an indication manner of the 2-bit field included in the paging DCI.
  • the terminal equipment can decode the paging DCI. If the paging DCI includes scheduling information of the paging message, the terminal device continues to receive the paging message, if the paging message contains the identification of the terminal device, the terminal device is paged, and if the paging message does not If the identification of the terminal device is included, the terminal device is not paged. If the paging DCI does not include scheduling information and only includes short messages, the terminal equipment does not need to receive paging messages.
  • the terminal device monitors one PO in each DRX cycle.
  • One PO is a group of PDCCH listening opportunities, which may include multiple subframes or multiple orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, and the PDCCH listening opportunities of one PO may span multiple radio frames.
  • a paging frame (paging frame, PF) is a radio frame, and a PF may contain one or more POs, or a time domain start point of one or more POs.
  • a PO may start on the PF associated with the PO, or it may start after the PF associated with the PO has ended. For example, PO 1 starts on PF 1 associated with this PO 1, PO 1 may end on PF 1, or PO 1 may span multiple radio frames, PO 1 does not end on PF 1, but on PF 1 end on the following radio frame.
  • the PO can be determined according to the parameters broadcast by the cell, the DRX cycle of the terminal device and the identity of the terminal device.
  • the parameters broadcast by the cell include one or more of the following: DRX cycle/paging cycle/default paging cycle, N, N s , or PF_offset.
  • N for the total number of PF DRX cycle
  • the number of N s represents a PO PF included
  • PF_offset for determining the offset value of PF.
  • the identification of the terminal device may be the international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI) of the terminal device or the 5G-serving (serving, s)-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G-s-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S). -TMSI).
  • the frame whose frame number determined according to formula 1 is the system frame number (SFN) is PF.
  • i_s floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns Equation 2
  • Equation 2 represents the index of the PO.
  • the UE can determine the PO according to the SFN and i_s.
  • T represents the DRX cycle of the terminal device.
  • T is the minimum value of the specific (specific) DRX cycle of the terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast.
  • N represents the total number of PFs in the DRX cycle.
  • N s represents the number of POs included in a PF.
  • PF_offset is used to determine the offset value of PF.
  • UE_ID is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024), and mod represents a modulo operation.
  • the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment.
  • the relay terminal device can act as the relay of the remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device.
  • This technology is called UE2NW relay technology.
  • the remote terminal equipment can receive pages from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor the PO of the remote terminal device, and the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different. For example, when the values of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device are different, the PO of the relay terminal device and the PO of the remote terminal device are different. Then, the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in the extra time except the PO of the relay terminal device, which increases the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
  • the UE_ID of the terminal device is the (IMSI mod 1024) of the terminal device, the IMSI is the international mobile subscriber identity (international mobile subscriber identity), and each mobile user has a unique IMSI.
  • the IMSI of a mobile user is fixed.
  • the 5G system supports the allocation of 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI) to terminal equipment.
  • GUI 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity
  • the situation where the network needs to allocate a new 5G-GUTI to the terminal device includes: when the AMF receives the registration request message for the initial registration or mobile registration update or periodic registration update from the terminal device, the AMF sends the registration completion message to the terminal device.
  • the new 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device, or the AMF may also include the new 5G-GUTI in the configuration update message sent to the terminal device.
  • the AMF after receiving the service request message from the terminal device, the AMF includes the new 5G-GUTI in the configuration update message sent to the terminal device.
  • 5G-GUTI is composed of globally unique AMF identifier (GUAMI) and 5G-TMSI.
  • GUAMI is used to identify the AMF that allocates 5G-GUTI.
  • GUAMI includes AMF set ID (AMF set ID) and AMF pointer (AMF pointer).
  • AMF set ID AMF set ID
  • AMF pointer AMF pointer
  • 5G-TMSI is used to uniquely identify terminal equipment.
  • 5G-S-TMSI is a shortened form of 5G-GUTI, and 5G-S-TMSI can improve the efficiency of air interface signaling processes (such as paging or service requests).
  • 5G-S-TMSI is composed of AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI. Since the 5G-S-TMSI is variable, the PO of the terminal device can be changed by changing the 5G-S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the PO of a terminal device is related to the identifier of the terminal device. If the identifiers of the two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices are different. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same, and the first terminal device can monitor the first terminal device on the same PO.
  • the first terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device in a relatively short period of time, for example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices. After the call, the first terminal device does not need to enter the sleep state, but enters the sleep state after waiting for the paging monitoring of the other terminal device.
  • the first terminal device Since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the first terminal device The power consumption caused by this waiting can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can partially or completely overlap in the time domain. , then within the time domain where PO overlaps, the first terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, which is completely different from the first terminal device in the prior art. The paging of the two terminal devices is monitored in the PO, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the first terminal device.
  • the UE_ID used to determine the PO of the 4G terminal device is that of the terminal device (IMSI mod 1024), and the IMSI is immutable, then the terminal device The UE_ID is immutable, and the PO is also immutable.
  • the UE_ID of the 5G terminal device is variable, so by assigning a new identity to the 5G terminal device, the POs of the two terminal devices also meet the above conditions.
  • the smart watch can establish a connection with the mobile phone, so as to access the network through the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone provides a relay service for the smart watch.
  • the smart watch can make calls through the mobile phone, for example, there is an incoming call to the smart watch, or when the user makes a call through the smart watch, the smart watch does not communicate with the network directly, but communicates with the network through the mobile phone, This saves the power consumption of the smartwatch.
  • each terminal device needs to monitor paging.
  • the smart watch will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time, even if the smart watch is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no data transmission, but due to the smart watch The watch needs to wake up to monitor the PO, and many monitors are useless, which will cause the smart watch to consume excess power consumption, reduce the power faster, and deteriorate the battery life.
  • the smart watch can monitor the paging through the mobile phone, or the mobile phone can monitor the paging for the smart watch, so that the smart watch does not need to wake up in the PO and directly monitors the paging from the network, so that it can effectively monitor the paging. Save the power consumption of your smart watch.
  • the battery capacity of the mobile phone is also small, and it cannot be used for a long time, especially the current smart phone may need to be charged once or twice a day, which is also more troublesome.
  • the power of the vehicle is generally sufficient. Therefore, the mobile phone can also establish a connection with the vehicle (for example, establish a connection with the on-board unit (OBU) in the vehicle, or establish a connection with the vehicle itself, etc.), so as to connect to the vehicle through the vehicle.
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the vehicle provides a relay service for the mobile phone, please refer to Figure 1B for this.
  • the mobile phone can make calls through the vehicle, for example, there is an incoming call to the mobile phone, or when the user makes a call through the mobile phone, the mobile phone does not communicate with the network directly, but communicates with the network through the vehicle, which can save the vehicle power consumption.
  • each terminal device needs to monitor paging. Therefore, even if the mobile phone's functions of making and receiving calls are performed through the vehicle, the mobile phone will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time. Even if the mobile phone is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no data transmission. Monitoring PO, and many monitoring is useless, will cause the mobile phone to consume excess power consumption, the power will decrease faster, and the battery life will deteriorate.
  • the mobile phone can monitor the paging through the vehicle, or the vehicle can monitor the paging for the mobile phone, so that the mobile phone does not need to wake up in the PO and can directly monitor the paging from the network, thereby effectively saving the mobile phone's power consumption.
  • a terminal device monitoring paging for another terminal device includes, for example, monitoring paging DCI for the terminal device, or monitoring paging DCI and paging messages for the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device monitoring paging for the second terminal device may include the first terminal device monitoring paging DCI for the second terminal device, or the first terminal device monitoring paging DCI and paging for the second terminal device information.
  • the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device this description is equivalent to "the second terminal device monitors the paging through the first terminal device”.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device this description is equivalent to "the first terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device”.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as an LTE system, or can be applied to a 5G system, such as an NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation
  • 4G fourth generation mobile communication technology
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR NR
  • the mobile communication system or other similar communication systems are not specifically limited.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to device-to-device (D2D) scenarios, such as NR-D2D scenarios or sidelink communication scenarios, or can be applied to non-direct communication scenarios, such as UE2NW Relay scene, UE2UE Relay scene, etc., or can be applied to vehicle to everything (V2X) scene, such as NR-V2X scene, etc., such as the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle-to-vehicle, V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), pedestrian to everything (P2X), etc., or can be used in areas such as intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • P2X pedestrian to everything
  • FIG. 1C it is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1C includes a terminal device 1, a terminal device 2, an access network device, and a core network device.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by terminal equipment 1
  • the core network equipment is the core network equipment serving terminal equipment 1 and terminal equipment 2
  • terminal equipment 1 is the relay terminal equipment
  • terminal equipment 2 is the remote terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device or in other words, the terminal device 1 provides a relay service for the terminal device 2 .
  • the terminal device 1 to provide the relay service for the terminal device 2
  • the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 2 is not within the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is at the edge of the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is in the access network with poor signal quality, or the terminal device 2 cannot be connected
  • the network access device directly serves, or the terminal device 2 does not set a Uu port, or the terminal device 2 is in an energy-saving mode, or the power of the terminal device 2 is low, and so on.
  • FIG. 1D it is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1D includes a terminal device 1 , a terminal device 2 , an access network device, a core network device 1 , and a core network device 2 .
  • the access network device is the access network device accessed by the terminal device 1
  • the core network device 1 is the core network device serving the terminal device 1
  • the core network device 2 is the core network device serving the terminal device 2
  • the terminal device 1 is a relay terminal device
  • terminal device 2 is a remote terminal device.
  • terminal device 1 provides relay service for terminal device 2.
  • the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 2 is not within the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is at the edge of the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is in the access network with poor signal quality, or the terminal device 2 cannot be connected
  • the network access device directly serves, or the terminal device 2 does not set a Uu port, or the terminal device 2 is in an energy-saving mode, or the power of the terminal device 2 is low, and so on.
  • the access network device in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D is, for example, a base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as a gNB.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the access network devices in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D can also correspond to network devices in future mobile communication systems.
  • FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D take the access network device being a base station as an example.
  • the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the core network in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other core network devices.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following
  • the second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C .
  • the core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C
  • the core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to such a scenario, the information exchange process between the two core network devices described below does not need to be performed.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D
  • the core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the second terminal device sends a ninth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the ninth identifier from the second terminal device.
  • the ninth identifier is the current identifier of the second terminal device, for example, the ninth identifier may be a subscription concealed identifier (SUCI) of the second terminal device, a subscription permanent identifier (SUPI), IMSI, 5G - Any one of globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI), 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ).
  • GUI globally unique temporary UE identity
  • N, N s, and UE_ID please refer to the previous section.
  • * means multiplication, and can also be written as ⁇ , for example, N*N s can also be expressed as N ⁇ N s .
  • Each terminal device/subscription device in the 5G system will be assigned a globally unique SUPI.
  • SUCI is a privacy-preserving logo that contains hidden SUPI.
  • the second terminal device can send the ninth identifier to the first terminal device through a PC5-RRC message, or send the ninth identifier to the first terminal device through a discovery (discovery) message, or can also use PC5-signaling (signaling, The S) message sends the ninth identification to the first terminal device.
  • the discovery message is used for the discovery process of the second terminal device and the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device discovers the first terminal device through the discovery message.
  • the second terminal device may also send the value of N to the first terminal device, or send log 2 N; or, if the ninth identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the second terminal device may also send the value of (N*N s ) to the first terminal device, or send log 2 (N*N s ).
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device.
  • the first identification can be used to determine a new identification of the first terminal device.
  • the first identification may be the identification of the second terminal device, for example, the first identification is obtained according to the ninth identification; or, the first identification may also be the current identification of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first core network device through a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message.
  • a registration request (registeration request) message, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or the like, or the NAS message may also be a newly added message in the embodiment of the present application that is dedicated to sending the first identifier, or the like.
  • the first identifier may be any one of SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ).
  • the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, and the first identification is obtained according to the ninth identification
  • a way to obtain the first identification according to the ninth identification is that the first identification and the ninth identification are the same Identification, for example, both the first identification and the ninth identification are SUCI, or both are 5G-GUTI, or both are UE_ID mod N, so that the first terminal device only needs to forward the ninth identification to the first core network device, without the need for Do other processing to simplify the operation of the first terminal device.
  • another way of obtaining the first identification according to the ninth identification is that the first identification and the ninth identification are different identifications, but the first identification is determined according to the ninth identification.
  • the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device, and the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device. It can be seen that if the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, the first identifier and the ninth identifier may be the same or different, which is more flexible.
  • the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device
  • the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device
  • one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is, according to the The AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI contained in the 5G-GUTI are used to determine the 5G-S-TMSI.
  • the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device
  • the first identifier is the UE_ID of the second terminal device
  • one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is as follows:
  • the included AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI are used to determine the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, thereby determining that the UE_ID of the second terminal device is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024).
  • the UE_ID of the second terminal device may also be determined to be (5G-TMSI mod 1024) according to the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-GUTI.
  • the UE_ID of the second terminal device may also be determined to be (5G-GUTI mod 1024) according to the 5G-GUTI.
  • the ninth identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device
  • the first identifier is the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device
  • one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is that the first identifier can be determined.
  • the (UE_ID mod N) of the two terminal equipment is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) mod N, or (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024*N).
  • the 5G-TMSI can also be determined according to the 5G-S-TMSI, thereby determining that the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device is (5G-TMSI mod 1024) mod N.
  • the first terminal device may also send the value of N to the first core network device, or send log 2 N; or, if the first identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the first terminal device may also send the value of (N*N s ) to the first core network device, or send log 2 (N*N s ).
  • the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the terminal device 2 in the scenario then as an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may also send a first message to the first core network device, and the first core network device may receive the first message, the first message may indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
  • the first message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, for example, the first message is a NAS message; or, the first message may also be multiplexed
  • the first message may be a registration request message of the first terminal device, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or may also be an instruction that the first terminal device communicates with the network through the second terminal device Communication (or in other words, messages instructing the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device), etc.
  • the first message may include the first message.
  • the first message may include the first information, or the first message may not include the first information, that is, , the first message instructs the first terminal device to communicate with the network through the second terminal device, which means that the default instructs the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device. This is an implicit indication method, which helps to reduce the amount of information in the first message.
  • the first message may also include the first identifier, so the first terminal device does not need to send too many messages to the first core network device to save Signaling overhead.
  • the first message does not include the first identifier, and the first message and the first identifier are sent separately. If this is the case, the first terminal device may send the first message first and then the first identification, or may first transmit the first identification and then the first message, or may simultaneously transmit the first message and the first identification.
  • Using a special message to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device can make the indication more explicit.
  • the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D .
  • the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but only needs to send the first identifier to the first core network device.
  • the first identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
  • the first terminal device may also send a first message to the first core network device to instruct the second terminal device to request to monitor paging through the first terminal device; Alternatively, the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but instruct the second terminal device to request to monitor the paging through the first terminal device by means of an implicit indication.
  • This part of the content is the same as the above implementation. The way is similar.
  • the first core network device determines, according to the first identifier, the identifier of the first terminal device as the second identifier.
  • the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device
  • the first core network device may determine whether to allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, and if the first terminal device A core network device determines that the second terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, and S203 may be executed, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, the first core network device
  • the network device may not perform S203, and the process ends, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, it may not perform S203 but continue to perform S204; for another example, the first terminal device is the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device provides relay services, and the first core network device can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, and if the first core network device determines to allow the second terminal If the device monitors the paging through the first terminal device, S203 may be executed, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, the first core network device may not execute S203, and the process ends, Alternatively, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, S203 may not be performed but S204 may continue to be performed. Alternatively, the first core network device may not perform the determining step, but perform S203 after performing S202.
  • the first core network device may query and determine the second terminal device that is associated with the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may query the subscription of the first terminal device by querying data to determine the second terminal device that has an associated relationship with the first terminal device, so as to determine the identity of the second terminal device. For example, the determined identity of the second terminal device is the third The identification determines that the identification of the first terminal device is the second identification. Wherein, the third identifier may be the ninth identifier, or may also be other identifiers of the second terminal device.
  • the association relationship here refers to, for example, a relay relationship, which may be that the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, or may also be that the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device.
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, which can be understood as: if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, the third identifier is the first terminal device.
  • the identification of the terminal device is the identification of the terminal device.
  • the first core network device may determine that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier according to the first identifier. For example, if the first identifier is any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the first core network device can The identification determines the second identification for the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device may also convert the first identification first, that is, the first core network device determines the third identification according to the first identification, and then determines the third identification according to the third identification. It is determined that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier.
  • the third identifier is still the identifier of the second terminal device, for example, the third identifier may be the ninth identifier described above, or may also be other identifiers of the second terminal device.
  • the first identifier is SUCI, SUPI or IMSI, etc.
  • Such an identifier may not be able to directly participate in the PO of the computing terminal device, so the first core network device can determine the third identifier according to the first identifier, and the third identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI , 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or any one of UE_ID mod(N*N s ).
  • the third identifier can participate in the calculation of the PO of the terminal device, so the first core network device can determine the PO of the second terminal device according to the third identifier, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can meet the requirements between the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device.
  • the relationship determines that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier.
  • the first core network device can also directly determine the identifier of the first terminal device as the second identifier according to the third identifier, without re-determining the second identifier through the PO.
  • the relationship that needs to be satisfied between the POs of the two terminal devices will be introduced in the next paragraph.
  • the purpose of the first core network device determining that the first terminal device is the second identifier is to make the PO corresponding to the second identifier (for example, the PO determined according to the second identifier) the same as the PO of the second terminal device, or, the first The time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain,
  • the above three items are the three relationships that need to be satisfied between the POs of the two terminal devices in the embodiment of the present application, and only any one of them needs to be satisfied, and of course, any two or three of the above can also be satisfied at the same time.
  • the PO of the second terminal device may be determined according to the ninth identification, or, if the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, it may also be determined according to the first identification, or may also be determined according to other identifications of the second terminal device .
  • the first terminal device is a remote terminal device
  • the second terminal device is a relay terminal device. If the PO corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the PO of the second terminal device, the second terminal device can monitor the same PO on the same PO.
  • the paging of the first terminal device can also monitor the paging of the second terminal device, so that there is no need to wake up for more time to monitor the paging, which helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; If the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the identification and the PO of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, it means that the time domain distance of the PO determined according to the identifications of the two terminal devices is small, then the second terminal device The paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device can be monitored in a relatively short period of time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices, the second terminal device does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits.
  • the other terminal device enters the sleep state after the paging monitoring is completed, and the second terminal device only needs to wake up once. Since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the waiting of the second terminal The power consumption can be less than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; or, the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device overlap partially or completely in the time domain, then when the PO overlaps Within the domain range, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device. Compared with the relay terminal device in the prior art, the two terminal devices are completely monitored in different POs. The paging of the terminal equipment can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal equipment.
  • the unit of the first threshold is, for example, a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, or a T/N.
  • the first threshold may be determined by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the first threshold to the first core network device.
  • the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold according to the first threshold .
  • the first terminal device sends the determined threshold to the first core network device, and the determined threshold is the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold.
  • the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold (for example, the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold , determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold, and then determine the identification range according to the determined threshold), and the first terminal device sends the identification range to the first core network device.
  • the identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
  • the first threshold may also be determined by the first core network device.
  • the first threshold may also be determined by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the first threshold to the first core network device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold according to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device sends the determined threshold to the first core network device, and the determined threshold is the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold.
  • the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold (for example, the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the first threshold according to the first threshold five thresholds, and then determine the identification range according to the determined threshold), and the first terminal device sends the identification range to the first core network device.
  • the identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
  • the above three relationships can also be understood as making the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal equipment, or making the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal equipment the same, or that UE_ID mod (N * N s) corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal of the same device, or such that the second identifier corresponding to the second terminal device UE_ID UE_ID close (for example, making the difference (or, interval) between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device less than or equal to the second threshold), or, making the (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier equal to
  • the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device are similar (for example, so that the difference (or, the interval) between the (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier and the
  • the difference (or, interval) between (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold ).
  • the above three relationships between POs are the relationships that need to be satisfied by the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the seven relationships between the identifiers here are the ones in the embodiment of this application.
  • the relationship that needs to be satisfied between the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device, the relationship between POs and the relationship between the identifications, may be considered to be consistent.
  • the POs of the two terminal devices can satisfy one or more of the relationships between the POs; or, the two terminals If the PO of the device satisfies any one of the relationships between the POs, the identities of the two terminal devices can satisfy one or more of the relationships between the identities. Therefore, the three relationships between the POs as above, and the seven relationships between the logos as above, the two can be substituted for each other.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy three relationships between POs, or, it can also be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to The identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy seven relationships between the identifications.
  • the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain, and there may be different situations.
  • the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are different, but the start time is the same, so that the two POs partially overlap in the time domain.
  • the PO corresponding to the second identification spans three consecutive radio frames, and the PO of the second terminal device spans two consecutive radio frames, then the two POs overlap within the time domain range of the PO of the second terminal device, and the PO in the third non-overlapping radio frames.
  • the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, but the start times are different, so that the two POs partially overlap in the time domain.
  • the PO corresponding to the second identification spans 3 consecutive wireless frames
  • the PO of the second terminal device also spans 3 consecutive wireless frames, but the starting time of the PO corresponding to the second identification is located on PF 1, and the second terminal equipment The start time of the PO of the device is located on PF 2, and PF 2 is the next radio frame adjacent to PF 1, then the two POs overlap on the next radio frame adjacent to PF 2 and PF 2.
  • the two POs can be Partial overlap in the time domain, for example, the PO corresponding to the second identifier spans two consecutive radio frames, the PO of the second terminal device spans three consecutive radio frames, and the start time of the PO corresponding to the second identifier is located on PF 1 , the start time of the PO of the second terminal device is located on PF 2, and PF 2 is the next wireless frame adjacent to PF 1, then the two POs overlap on PF 2.
  • the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, and the start time is also the same, then the two POs can reach all the time domain. Overlap, this is the case where the two POs are identical.
  • the PO of a terminal device can be determined according to the identification of the terminal device. For example, if the identification of the terminal device is 5G-GUTI, the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI contained in the 5G-GUTI, and then the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the UE_ID (that is, the 5G-S -TMSI mod 1024) to determine the PO, which is the PO of the terminal device.
  • the identification of the terminal device is 5G-GUTI
  • the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI contained in the 5G-GUTI, and then the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the UE_ID (that is, the 5G-S -TMSI mod 1024) to determine the PO, which is the PO of the terminal device.
  • the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-GUTI can be determined, the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) can be used as the value of the UE_ID, and then the PO can be determined according to the UE_ID.
  • the value of (5G-GUTI mod 1024) can be used as the value of UE_ID, and then determine PO according to UE_ID.
  • PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
  • the PO of the terminal device can be determined according to the UE_ID of the terminal device (ie, 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024).
  • the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-S-TMSI may be determined, the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) may be used as the value of the UE_ID, and then the PO may be determined according to the UE_ID.
  • PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
  • the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) can be used as the value of UE_ID, and then PO is determined according to UE_ID.
  • PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
  • the PF of the terminal device can be determined (for example, the PF of the terminal device can be determined according to the formula 1 introduced above), and the PO of the terminal device is associated with the PF All POs.
  • the value of (UE_ID mod(N*N s )mod N) can be used as the value of (UE_ID mod N), and the value of (UE_ID mod(N) can be used as the value of (UE_ID mod N)
  • the value of *N s )/N) is used as the value of UE_ID/N, thereby determining the PO of the terminal device.
  • PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
  • the identity of the terminal device is SUPI/SUCI/IMSI
  • the corresponding 5G-GUTI or 5G-S-TMSI or 5G-TMSI or UE_ID or UE_ID mod N or UE_ID mod (N *N s ) can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
  • the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device has enabled the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the above three relationships between POs, or , the first core network device determines that the current identification of the first terminal device can make the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifications, then The first core network device may not need to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, in this case, the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device is the second identity. For example, if the first identification is the identification of the first terminal device, the current identification of the first terminal device may be the first identification.
  • the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device cannot make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy each of the above three relationships between POs, or if the first The core network device determines that the current identification of the first terminal device can make the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy each of the seven relationships between the above identifications, then the first core network device can A new identity is allocated to the first terminal device, and at this time, the new identity allocated by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called a second identity.
  • assigning a new identifier to a terminal device may also be described as reassigning an identifier to the terminal device, or as configuring a new identifier for the terminal device, or describing as assigning a new identifier to the terminal device Device reconfiguration identifier.
  • the second identifier is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device can assign a new identity to the first terminal device according to any one or more of the above three relationships, and the first core network device is used as the first terminal device according to the first relationship above.
  • the device assigns a new ID as an example for introduction.
  • the first relationship is that the PO corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the PO of the second terminal device.
  • the UE_ID of the terminal device is directly related to the calculation process. Therefore, to make the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device the same, a The implementation manner is that the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier (eg, the PO determined according to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier) is the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier eg, the PO determined according to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier
  • an implementation manner is to make the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may assign a second identifier to the first terminal device. If the second identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier may be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the second identifier is UE_ID
  • UE_ID is actually the lower 10-bit part of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI
  • the first core network device allocates a new UE_ID to the first terminal device, which can be It is to allocate the part of the lower 10 bits of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI to the first terminal device, and the part other than the lower 10 bits of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI
  • the value of other bits can be unchanged.
  • the second identifier is not the UE_ID, for example, the second identifier is the 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • an implementation method is to make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal device The determined PO is the same.
  • another implementation manner is to make the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device mod N is the same.
  • the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device, it also indicates that the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may assign a second identification to the first terminal device, and if the second identification is the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identification may be determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device
  • the PO is the same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the second identifier is UE_ID mod N
  • UE_ID mod N is actually the lower (log 2 N) bit part of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI
  • the first core network device is the first terminal
  • the device allocates a new UE_ID mod N, which may be the part of the low (log 2 N) bits in the 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI allocated to the first terminal device, and the 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI
  • the values of the other bits except the low (log 2 N) bits in the /5G-GUTI may remain unchanged.
  • the second identifier is not UE_ID mod N, for example, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device.
  • an implementation method is to make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal device The determined PO is the same.
  • another implementation manner is to make the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and the first The UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the two terminal devices are the same.
  • N Since the same value of N, S N values are the same, and therefore if the corresponding second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device UE_ID mod (N * N s) the same, it indicates that the first The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may assign a second identifier to the first terminal device. If the second identifier is the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier may be The PO determined by the UE_ID of the terminal device is the same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined by the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the second identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), and UE_ID mod(N*N s ) is actually the part of the low (log 2 N) bits in 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI, Then the first core network device allocates a new UE_ID mod(N*N s ) to the first terminal device, which may be a medium-low (log 2 (log 2 (log 2 (log 2 ( N*N s )) bits, and the values of other bits except the low (log 2 (N*N s )) bits in 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI may remain unchanged.
  • the second identifier is not UE_ID mod N, for example, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device.
  • the UE_ID of the terminal device is directly related to the calculation process. Therefore, it is necessary to make the time between the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device.
  • the domain distance is similar, an implementation manner is to make the time between the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification (for example, the PO determined according to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification) and the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
  • the domains are close.
  • an implementation manner is to make the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the second terminal device.
  • the UE_IDs of the devices are similar.
  • the difference (or, referred to as an interval) between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or may also be determined by the first core network device.
  • a first terminal, a second terminal of the first device or the core network device according to a first threshold value, N N s or at least one second threshold value is determined.
  • Another implementation that makes the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal equipment is similar to make the corresponding (UE_ID mod N) of the second identification and the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal equipment.
  • N) is close.
  • the difference (or, the interval) between (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier and (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the third threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device.
  • Another implementation manner of making the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal device is similar to make the (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) corresponding to the second identification and the second terminal.
  • the device's (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) is similar.
  • the difference (or, interval) between (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) corresponding to the second identifier and (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the fourth threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device.
  • Another implementation that makes the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal equipment is similar to make the corresponding (UE_ID mod N) of the second identification and the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal equipment. Similar N) identical and corresponding to the second identification (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s) and the second terminal device (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s).
  • the difference (or, interval) between (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) of the second terminal device may be less than or equal to Fifth threshold.
  • the fifth threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device.
  • floor(x) means to round down x.
  • the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device partially overlap.
  • the second threshold may be determined by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may send the second threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the second threshold to the first core network device.
  • the second terminal device may send the second threshold to the first terminal device
  • the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the second threshold, and the first terminal device may then send the first core network device to the Send this ID range.
  • the identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
  • the second threshold may also be determined by the first core network device.
  • the second threshold may also be determined by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the second threshold to the first core network device.
  • the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the second threshold, and the first terminal device then sends the identification range to the first core network device.
  • the identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
  • the determination method and transmission method are similar to those of the second threshold, and reference may be made to the above description of the determination method and transmission method of the second threshold.
  • the first core network device may not assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, that is, not assign a second identifier. In this case, the flow can end, or it can continue to execute S204.
  • the first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the association relationship here can be used to keep the identifier of the first terminal device consistent with the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types of identifiers described above. Any one or more of the relationships, or, can enable the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships between the POs described above; or,
  • the association relationship here can be used to keep the PO of the first terminal device consistent with the PO of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can satisfy the three types of POs introduced above.
  • the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device shall be consistent (or, in other words, the PO of the first terminal device and the second terminal device shall be made consistent.
  • the PO of the terminal device remains the same), the identification of the two terminal devices can be changed to remain consistent; or, if one of the terminal devices is a 4G terminal device and the other is a 5G terminal device, the 4G terminal device’s The identity cannot be changed.
  • the identity of the 5G terminal device It can be changed to keep the same or similar to the 4G terminal device's identification, so that the two terminal device's identification is consistent.
  • the association relationship here may be referred to as the second association relationship, and the aforementioned relay relationship may be referred to as the first association relationship.
  • the first association relationship and the second association relationship may be different association relationships, or the first association relationship and the second association relationship may also be the same association relationship.
  • the first core network device establishes a second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • An implementation manner is that the first core network device associates the current identification of the first terminal device with the current identification of the second terminal device. .
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device may be the second identifier.
  • the first core network device does not assign the second identifier to the first terminal device, And the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, then the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the first identifier.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, the ninth identifier, or the third identifier, or other identifiers of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device establishes a second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Another implementation manner is that the first core network device includes the current identifier of the second terminal device in the context of the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, so that if the identifier of the first terminal device changes, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, Then the first core network device can request the second core network device to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs. Any one or more of , or, so that the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identities. Or, the first core network device has established an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device changes, the identifier of the second terminal device cannot be changed (for example, the second terminal device is a 4G terminal) device), or the identity of the second terminal device does not need to be changed (for example, after the identity of the first terminal device is changed, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs.
  • the first core network The device does not need to request the second core network device to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, but the first core network device can try to ensure that the new identity of the first terminal device also needs to be as close as possible to the identity of the second terminal device. Satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifiers, or, the PO determined according to the new identifier of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device also need to continue to satisfy the above PO as far as possible. any one or more of the three relationships.
  • the first core network device may assign a new identification to the second terminal device, or, If the identity of the second terminal device changes, the first core network device may assign a new identity to the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three points between POs. any one or more of these relationships, or, the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the above seven relationships between the identities. Or, the first core network device has established an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device changes, the identifier of the second terminal device cannot be changed (for example, the second terminal device is a 4G terminal) device), or the identity of the second terminal device does not need to be changed (for example, after the identity of the first terminal device is changed, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs.
  • the first core network The device does not have to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, but the first core network device can try to ensure that the new identity of the first terminal device also needs to be as close as possible to the identity of the second terminal device that satisfies the above-mentioned identity.
  • Any one or more of the seven relationships, or, the PO determined according to the new identity of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device also need to continue to satisfy the three relationships between the above POs as far as possible. any one or more.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the first terminal device, the first core network device may be the first terminal device. The fourth identifier is allocated. In addition, the first core network device may allocate a fifth identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the first core network device may allocate the fifth identifier according to the fourth identifier. For the allocation method, refer to the foregoing introduction.
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification (eg, the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification) can be made the same as the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification (eg, the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification) , or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification
  • the call timings partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the second terminal device, the first core network device may be the second terminal device. The device assigns the fifth identifier. In addition, the first core network device may assign a fourth identifier to the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may assign the fourth identifier according to the fifth identifier. For an assignment method, refer to the foregoing introduction.
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification can be made the same as the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification can be is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identifier and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identifier partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • the fourth identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device.
  • the fifth identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device sends a sixth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the sixth message from the first core network device.
  • the sixth message may request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, that is, a second association relationship.
  • the sixth message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or include the identification of the second terminal device, or include the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the sixth message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, SUPI, SUCI or IMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the sixth message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, SUPI, SUCI or IMSI of the second terminal device .
  • S205 can be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, it is not necessary to execute S205, Alternatively, the first core network device may not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (for example, the first core network device does not establish an association between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) Therefore, the first core network device does not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, although the first core network device establishes an association between the first terminal device and the second terminal device relationship, but the first core network device does not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship for the first terminal device and the second terminal device), so S205 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG.
  • the second core network device If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and the second core network device does allocating the identifier to the second terminal device, then if the identifier of the second terminal device changes, for example, the second terminal device The core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device. In order to enable the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device to change synchronously, the second core network device also needs to establish a second association relationship. In this way, if the identity of the second terminal device changes, the second core network device can request the first core network device to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can Continue to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships above.
  • the second core network device may, according to the corresponding policy of the second core network device, determine whether to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, in other words, determine whether to accept the first terminal device to pass the The second terminal device listens for paging (or, the second terminal device listens for paging through the first terminal device). If the second core network device can accept it, the second core network device may establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and if the second core network device cannot accept it, the second core network device may not be the first terminal device. A terminal device establishes an association relationship with a second terminal device.
  • S204 may also occur after S206.
  • an association relationship can be established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device after S206, or an association relationship can be established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device after S205, and then execute the S206.
  • the second core network device sends the seventh message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the seventh message from the second core network device.
  • the seventh message may instruct the second core network device to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, Instruct the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, if the second core network device does not accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may indicate The second core network device does not accept establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or in other words, instructs the second core network device not to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • S206 can be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, then It is not necessary to perform S205 and S206, so S206 is also an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
  • S207 The first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device.
  • S207 can also be executed before S205, or can also be executed before S204.
  • S207 can be executed; and if the first core network device does not assign the first terminal device a second identifier in S203 Second identification, or if S203 is not performed, it is not necessary to perform S207, so S207 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
  • the second identification may be sent to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the second identification.
  • the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • terminal device 2 in the scenario
  • the first core network device may also send a second message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may receive the second
  • the second message may indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or may indicate that a second association relationship is established for the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device; or, the second message may also reuse existing messages, such as the first terminal device.
  • the second message may be a registration acceptance message sent by the first core network device to the first terminal device, or a message indicating the corresponding service by the first core network device to the first terminal device, or may also be a message indicating that the first terminal device is allowed to pass through the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device communicates with the network (or in other words, a message indicating that the second terminal device is allowed to provide a relay service for the first terminal device).
  • the second message may include The second information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
  • the second message may include the second information, or the second message may not include the second information, That is, the second message indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to communicate with the network through the second terminal device, and it is considered that the default indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device.
  • This is an implicit indication method. This method Helps to reduce the amount of information in the second message.
  • the second message may also include a second identifier, so the first core network device does not need to send too many messages to the first terminal device to save money Signaling overhead.
  • the second message does not include the second identifier, and the second message and the second identifier are sent separately. If this is the case, the first core network device may send the second message first and then the second identifier, or may send the second identifier first and then the second message, or may simultaneously send the second message and the second identifier.
  • the indication can be made more explicit.
  • the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D
  • the terminal device 2 in the scenario of the second identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
  • the second identifier indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
  • One indication method is that if the second identifier can make the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device satisfy the above-mentioned requirements Any one or more of the seven relationships between the identities, or the second identity enables the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any of the three relationships between the POs described above. one or more, it is considered that the second identifier indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
  • the first core network device may also send a second message to the first terminal device to indicate that the second terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the first terminal device; Alternatively, the first core network device may not send the second message to the first terminal device, but instruct the second terminal device to allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device by means of an implicit instruction.
  • This part of the content is the same as the above implementation The way is similar.
  • the first terminal device sends a third message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the third message from the first terminal device.
  • the third message may request to monitor the paging by the second terminal device.
  • the third message may further include the current identifier of the first terminal device, or the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, or the current identifier of the first terminal device and the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the second identifier, or other identifiers of the first terminal device.
  • S208 may be executed.
  • the second terminal device sends a fourth message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the fourth message from the second terminal device.
  • the fourth message may indicate that the first terminal device is listening for paging. If S208 is executed, then S209 can be executed, and the fourth message may be regarded as a response message of the third message.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may calculate the PO of the first terminal device, and monitor the paging for the first terminal device when the PO of the first terminal device wakes up.
  • the formula introduced above For the way of calculating PO by the second terminal device, reference may be made to the formula introduced above.
  • the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle
  • the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle
  • the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle .
  • the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device. The DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device.
  • the process of negotiating the DRX cycle may be performed between core network devices.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may determine the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle through negotiation.
  • the first core network device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can determine the second DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the second core network device The device then sends the second DRX cycle to the second terminal device.
  • the process of negotiating the DRX cycle may also be performed between the terminal device and the core network device.
  • the first terminal device sends the DRX cycle expected by the first terminal device to the first core network device, and the first core network device determines that the DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle.
  • the first core network device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can determine the second DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the second core network device will Send the second DRX cycle to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device to the second core network device, and the second core network device determines the second DRX cycle according to the DRX cycle and other corresponding factors, and the second DRX cycle may be equal to the first DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device may not be equal to the DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device sends the second DRX cycle to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the first DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the first core network device will Send the first DRX cycle to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends a first DRX cycle to the second terminal device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second terminal device and the second core network device determine the second DRX cycle through negotiation according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, for example, includes monitoring the paging DCI for the first terminal device, or monitoring the paging DCI and the paging message for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device monitors the paging DCI in the PO of the first terminal device, and if the paging DCI is monitored, the second terminal device determines the content included in the paging DCI, and if the paging DCI includes the content of the paging message scheduling information, the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging message, and after monitoring the paging message, if the second terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is paged, The second terminal device may forward the paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may not forward the paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging DCI.
  • the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging message, but when the next PO of the first terminal device arrives, the second terminal device may The terminal equipment continues to monitor the paging DCI.
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, for example, including monitoring the paging DCI for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device monitors the paging DCI in the PO of the first terminal device, and if the paging DCI is monitored, the first terminal device determines the content included in the paging DCI, and if the paging DCI includes the content of the paging message scheduling information, the first terminal device continues to monitor the paging message, and after monitoring the paging message, the second terminal device forwards the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device determines whether the first terminal device is For paging, for example, if the first terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is paged, and the first terminal device can perform follow-up work according to the paging message, for example, it can communicate with The corresponding access network equipment establishes an RRC connection to receive downlink data.
  • the paging message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is not paged, and the first terminal device can discard the paging message.
  • the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging DCI.
  • the paging DCI or paging message is no longer received from the network, but the paging DCI or paging message is received from the second terminal device. In this way, the first terminal device does not need to communicate with the network through the air interface, which saves the power consumption of the first terminal device due to the air interface communication.
  • S208 can be changed to: the second terminal device sends a third message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the message from the second terminal device.
  • Third message may request to monitor the paging by the first terminal device.
  • S209 may be changed to: the first terminal device sends the fourth message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fourth message from the first terminal device.
  • the fourth message may indicate that the first terminal device is listening for paging.
  • the manner in which the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device is similar to the manner in which the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, there may also be a process of negotiating the DRX cycle.
  • the specific negotiation process please refer to the above description, and only need to combine the "first terminal device” and “" It is sufficient to exchange “second terminal equipment”, and “first core network equipment” and “second core network equipment”.
  • S208 and S209 may not be executed, but the following S210 may be executed. It can be considered that S208 to S209 and S210 are two implementations, and only one of them needs to be executed. Therefore, S208 to S210 are all optional steps. It is indicated by a dashed line in FIG. 2 .
  • the second core network device sends the fifth message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth message from the second core network device.
  • the fifth message may instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging through the second terminal device (or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging for the first terminal device). It can be seen that if the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device call, S210 can be executed.
  • the first terminal device may request the second terminal device to monitor the paging (eg S208), or the second core network device may instruct the second terminal device Paging is monitored for the first terminal device without a request from the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may calculate the PO of the first terminal device, and monitor the paging for the first terminal device when the PO of the first terminal device wakes up.
  • the formula introduced above For the way of calculating PO by the second terminal device, reference may be made to the formula introduced above.
  • the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle
  • the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle
  • the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle .
  • the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the second DRX cycle will be less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, so the second terminal device only needs to follow the second DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle monitoring paging can monitor both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device.
  • the fifth message may further include the current identifier of the first terminal device, or the first DRX cycle, or the current identifier of the first terminal device and the first DRX cycle.
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the second identifier, or other identifiers of the first terminal device.
  • S210 may be changed to: the first core network device sends the fifth message to the first terminal device, and accordingly, the first terminal device receives messages from the first core network The fifth message of the device.
  • the fifth message may instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device (or, instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging for the second terminal device).
  • the fifth message may further include the current identifier of the second terminal device, or the second DRX cycle, or the current identifier and the second DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, the third identifier, or other identifiers of the second terminal device.
  • a problem can also be considered. If a terminal device provides relay services for multiple terminal devices, and the identifiers of these terminal devices are determined according to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, then according to these The PO calculated by the identification of the terminal equipment may be the same, or the time domain distance is small. For the access network equipment, more pages may be sent in a short period of time, which may lead to the use of The paging resources are in conflict. In the embodiments of the present application, the problem of resource conflict can be solved in a corresponding manner.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device contained in the paging message may be the first terminal device in the second terminal device.
  • the ID (or local ID) under the device.
  • the first terminal device A monitors the paging through the second terminal device
  • the first terminal device B also monitors the paging through the second terminal device
  • the identification of the first terminal device A is 1
  • the identification of the first terminal device B is 2 .
  • the paging message may include the identification of the second terminal equipment and the identification of the first terminal equipment under the second terminal equipment, for example, the network paging the second terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device and the first terminal device A may include the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier 1 of the first terminal device A in the paging message. Since the bits required for the local identification are less than the bits required for the identification of the terminal device included in the paging message in the prior art, the size of the paging message can be reduced to reduce the paging resources occupied by the paging message.
  • the time domain distance between POs of different terminal devices can be increased, and the POs of multiple remote terminal devices are evenly distributed at the time domain positions between the POs of the relay terminal device and the time domain distance.
  • the network can also page the terminal device at the next PO of the terminal device, so as to avoid paging too many terminal devices in one PO.
  • the identifiers of two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same, for example, the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, and the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, then the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, which is helpful for Reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the search of the first terminal device in a relatively short time.
  • the second terminal equipment After monitoring the paging of one terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering the sleep state.
  • the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping;
  • the POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices partially or completely overlap in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following
  • the second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C .
  • the core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C
  • the core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to such a scenario, the information exchange process between the two core network devices described below does not need to be performed.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D
  • the core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the second terminal device sends the first message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the first message from the second terminal device.
  • the first message may request to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, or the first message may be used to request to assign a new identity to the first terminal device.
  • the first message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or the identification of the second terminal device, or the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device. If the first message includes the identifier of the second terminal device but not the identifier of the first terminal device, a possible situation is that the second core network device already knows the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device For example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device. Then, by querying, the second core network device can determine the first terminal device that has a relay relationship with the second terminal device, thereby determining that the second terminal device requests to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device may be SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device any of the .
  • the identity of the second terminal device may be one of SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device anyone.
  • the second core network device sends a sixth message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the sixth message from the second core network device.
  • the sixth message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or the identification of the second terminal device, or the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the sixth message may be used to request the assignment of a new identity to the first terminal device. If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, S302 may be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, S302 may not be executed.
  • the sixth message may also request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the sixth message may include first indication information, where the first indication information may be used to request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first indication information may occupy one or more bits.
  • the sixth message does not need to include additional indication information, because the sixth message requests to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, it can also be considered that the default request is to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device reference may be made to the related introduction of S204 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first core network device determines a new identifier of the first terminal device, for example, the new identifier is the second identifier.
  • the first core network device may determine the new identifier of the first terminal device according to the identifier of the second terminal device; or, the sixth message includes the identifier of the first terminal device,
  • the first core network device already knows the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
  • the first core network device can determine the second terminal device having a relay relationship with the first terminal device by querying, so as to determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device, reference may be made to the relevant introduction to S203 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device.
  • the second identification may be sent to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the second identification.
  • the first core network device may further establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device can determine whether to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, or, in other words, determine whether to accept the first terminal device to pass the The second terminal device listens for paging (or, the second terminal device listens for paging through the first terminal device).
  • the first core network device may establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and if the first core network device cannot accept it, the first core network device may not be the first core network device.
  • a terminal device establishes an association relationship with a second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may also send a seventh message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the seventh message from the first core network device.
  • the seventh message may indicate that the first core network device accepts to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, Instruct the first core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, if the first core network device does not accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may indicate The first core network device does not accept establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or in other words, instructs the first core network device not to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • S208 to S210 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 may also be performed, which are not described in detail, and are not shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the identification of one of the terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifications of the two terminal devices are the same, for example, the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, and the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, then the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, which is helpful for Reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the search of the first terminal device in a relatively short time.
  • the second terminal equipment After monitoring the paging of one terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering the sleep state.
  • the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping;
  • the POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices partially or completely overlap in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a third communication method.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D as an example.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 )
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be executed; or, the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment shown in 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) may not be combined, but may be applied separately.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the following The second terminal device described herein may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D ; or, the first terminal device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown below, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the eighth message from the first core network device.
  • the eighth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the identity of the first terminal device is changed, or that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device.
  • the eighth message includes the current identification of the first terminal device, or includes the current identification of the second terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
  • the UE_ID of the first terminal device will change, or the first core network device is The allocation of a new identity by the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, or the allocation of a new identity by the first core network device to the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod(N*N s of the first terminal device to change.
  • the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the PO corresponding to the changed identifier of the first terminal device and the second terminal device
  • the time domain distance between the POs is greater than the first threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID of the first terminal device
  • the difference with the UE_ID of the second terminal device exceeds the second threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID mod N
  • the second identifier is the current identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier may be the one described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • Second logo if the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is combined with the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the current identification of the second terminal device is, for example, the third identification described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the ninth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 may be the first identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device), or it may also be the second terminal device other identifiers.
  • the second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the fifth identifier.
  • the fifth identifier here may be the same identifier as the fifth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or may be a different identifier.
  • the fifth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device may directly assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the second core network device may determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and may select one of the identifiers to assign to the second terminal device.
  • the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device may be an identifier different from the original identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the time-domain distance between the PO corresponding to the fifth identification and the PO corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device is greater than the first threshold; or, the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the fifth identification and the UE_ID corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device
  • the difference (or, interval) between is less than or equal to the second threshold; or, the difference (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the fifth identification (UE_ID mod N) and the original identification of the second terminal device (UE_ID mod N) interval) equal to or less than a third threshold; or, (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) with the original identifier corresponding to the second terminal device corresponding to the identifier between the fifth (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) of
  • the difference (or, the interval) is less than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the fifth identification and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod corresponding to the original identification
  • the second core network device sends the fifth identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the fifth identification from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may send the fifth identification to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the fifth identification .
  • the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the fifth identifier. For example, the new identification assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called the sixth identification. After executing S404, S409 can be executed.
  • the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the fifth identity
  • the first core network device can allocate a sixth identity to the first terminal device.
  • the purpose of the related introduction is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. One or more of the seven relationships between the identities introduced by the embodiment shown in 2.
  • the first core network device sends a ninth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the ninth message from the first core network device.
  • the ninth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the first core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the first terminal device.
  • the ninth message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or include the current identification of the second terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
  • a core network device When a core network device assigns an identifier to a terminal device, it selects one of the available identifiers to assign to the terminal device.
  • the so-called available identifier refers to an identifier that is valid and has not been assigned to other terminal devices.
  • the first core network device needs to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the fifth identity, and the allocation result needs to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy one or more of the three relationships introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . It can be seen that the first core network device cannot assign any identifier to the first terminal device, but only a part of the identifiers can meet the allocation requirements of the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may instruct the second core network device to allocate a new identity to the second terminal device. If the second core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device, and the new identity is not the fifth identity, then for the new identity, the identity that can meet the allocation requirements of the first core network device may change.
  • the available identifiers of the first core network device can include an identifier that can meet the allocation requirements, and at this time, the first core network device may select a corresponding identifier from the available identifiers to allocate to the first terminal device.
  • the second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the seventh identifier.
  • the seventh identification and the fifth identification may be different identifications.
  • the second core network device may assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the second core network device may determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and may select one of the identifiers to assign to the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device sends the seventh identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the seventh identification from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may send the seventh identifier to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identifier of the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier .
  • the first core network device can assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the seventh identification, then execute S408; otherwise, if the first core network device cannot assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the seventh identification, it may S405 is executed again, and so on, until the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier.
  • the new identification assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called the eighth identification.
  • the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the seventh identity
  • the first core network device can allocate an eighth identity to the first terminal device.
  • the allocation method please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the purpose of the related introduction is to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy one or more of the three relationships introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first core network device sends the new identifier of the first terminal device to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the new identifier of the first terminal device from the first core network device.
  • the first core network device sends the eighth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the eighth identifier from the first core network device.
  • the first core network device sends the sixth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the sixth identifier from the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may send the new identifier to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the new identifier.
  • the second core network device sends the new identifier of the second terminal device to the second terminal device, and accordingly, the second terminal device receives the new identifier of the second terminal device from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device sends the fifth identifier to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth identifier from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device sends the seventh identifier to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the seventh identifier from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may send the new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can use the new identifier.
  • S409 may occur before S410, or S409 may occur after S410, or S409 and S410 may occur simultaneously.
  • the identity of another terminal device can also change synchronously, so that the paging occasion of the first terminal device is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, Or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device
  • the timings partially or fully overlap in the time domain to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 introduces a method that can achieve this purpose.
  • the following embodiments of the present application provide a fourth communication method, which can also be achieved by this method, even if the first core network device and the second core network device are not The same core network device can also realize the synchronous change of the identities of two terminal devices. Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D as an example.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 )
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be executed; or, the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment shown in 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) may not be combined, but may be applied separately.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the following The second terminal device described herein may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D ; or, the first terminal device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown below, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the eighth message from the first core network device.
  • the eighth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the identity of the first terminal device is changed, or that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device.
  • the eighth message includes the current identification of the first terminal device, or includes the current identification of the second terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
  • the UE_ID of the first terminal device will change, or the first core network device is The allocation of a new identity by the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, or the allocation of a new identity by the first core network device to the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod(N*N s of the first terminal device to change.
  • the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the PO corresponding to the changed identifier of the first terminal device and the second terminal device
  • the time domain distance between the POs is greater than the first threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID of the first terminal device
  • the difference with the UE_ID of the second terminal device exceeds the second threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID mod N
  • the eighth message may further include a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device, that is, the first core network device intends to assign the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device , but has not been officially assigned.
  • first candidate identifier For the implementation of the first candidate identifier, reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the first identifier or the second identifier in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, perform S502 to S504; otherwise, if the first core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier identification, then execute S505.
  • the second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the fifth identifier.
  • the fifth identifier here may be the same identifier as the fifth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or may be a different identifier.
  • the fifth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device may allocate a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, and reference may be made to the related introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 for the allocation method.
  • the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device may be an identifier different from the original identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the time-domain distance between the PO corresponding to the fifth identification and the PO corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device is greater than the first threshold; or, the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the fifth identification and the UE_ID corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device
  • the difference (or, interval) between is less than or equal to the second threshold; or, the difference (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the fifth identification (UE_ID mod N) and the original identification of the second terminal device (UE_ID mod N) interval) equal to or less than a third threshold; or, (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) with the original identifier corresponding to the second terminal device corresponding to the identifier between the fifth (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) of
  • the difference (or, the interval) is less than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the fifth identification and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod corresponding to the original identification
  • the purpose is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or to make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet the requirements shown in FIG. One or more of the seven relationships between the identities introduced by the embodiments.
  • the second core network device sends the fifth identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the fifth identification from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may send the fifth identification to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the fifth identification .
  • S504 The first core network device allocates the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device, or in other words, the first core network device determines a new identifier of the first terminal device as the first candidate identifier. After S504 is performed, S508 is performed.
  • the first core network device sends the first candidate identifier to the second core network device, and the second core network device also sends the fifth identifier to the first core network device, the first core network device can consider the fifth identifier is allocated according to the first candidate identifier, then the first core network device does not need to select another identifier for the first terminal device, but only needs to assign the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the second core network device sends the ninth message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the ninth message from the second core network device.
  • the ninth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device, or may indicate that the second core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the second terminal device.
  • the ninth message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or include the current identification of the second terminal device.
  • the current identification of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
  • a core network device When a core network device assigns an identifier to a terminal device, it selects one of the available identifiers to assign to the terminal device.
  • the so-called available identifier refers to an identifier that is valid and has not been assigned to other terminal devices.
  • the second core network device needs to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, and the assignment result needs to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . one or more, or it is necessary to make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the second core network device does not An optional identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device, but only a part of the identifiers can meet the allocation requirements of the second core network device. If all these identifiers that can meet the allocation requirements are unavailable, for example, invalid identifiers, or identifiers that have been allocated to other terminal devices, the second core network device cannot allocate new identifiers to the second terminal device. In this case, the second core network device may instruct the first core network device to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device. If the first core network device intends to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device, and the new identity is not the first candidate identity, then for the new identity, an identity that can meet the allocation requirements of the second core network device may occur. If it changes, the available identifiers of the second core network device may include identifiers that can meet the allocation requirements, and at this time, the second core network device may select a corresponding identifier from the available identifiers to allocate to the second terminal device.
  • the ninth message may further include a second candidate identifier, where the second candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device, that is, the second core network device intends to assign the first candidate identifier to the second terminal device.
  • the second candidate identification is assigned to the second terminal device, but has not been formally assigned. That is to say, if the second core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identity suggested by the first core network device, the second core network device can select the second terminal device to be allocated a new identity.
  • the second candidate identifier and send the second candidate identifier to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can also assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, so as to avoid the reappearance of the second core network device as much as possible A situation arises where a new identity cannot be assigned to the second terminal device.
  • the second candidate identifier reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the first identifier or the second identifier in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • S506 can be executed; or, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, and the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, then Go to S506, otherwise, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, and the first core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, S501 can be performed again, and so on.
  • the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device.
  • the new identifier allocated by the first core network device to the second terminal device is called the eighth identifier.
  • the eighth identification and the first candidate identification may be different identifications.
  • the eighth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device can directly assign a new identifier to the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device can determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and can select one to assign to the first terminal device. The first terminal device. Alternatively, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, the first core network device may allocate a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier.
  • the allocation method refer to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . It is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet the implementation shown in FIG. 2 . One or more of the seven relationships between the identities described in the example.
  • the first core network device sends the new identifier of the first terminal device to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the new identifier of the first terminal device from the first core network device.
  • the first candidate identifier sent by the first core network device to the first terminal device is correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the information from the first core network device.
  • the first candidate identifier if S504 is not performed, but S505 to S506 are performed, the first core network device sends the eighth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the eighth identifier from the first core network device. Eight logos.
  • the first core network device may send the new identifier to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the new identifier.
  • the second core network device sends the new identifier of the second terminal device to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the new identifier of the second terminal device from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device sends to the second terminal device is the fifth identifier, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth identifier from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may send the new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can use the new identifier.
  • S507 may occur before S508, or S507 may occur after S508, or S507 and S508 may occur simultaneously.
  • the identity of another terminal device can also change synchronously, so that the paging occasion of the first terminal device is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, Or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device
  • the timings partially or fully overlap in the time domain to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the core network device can not only support the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or support the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device), but also can cancel the support, that is, not to The first terminal device is then supported to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or the second terminal device is supported to monitor paging for the first terminal device).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a fifth communication method for introducing how to cancel the support for the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device). Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the embodiment shown in FIG. combination; alternatively, any two of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be used in combination, for example
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) can be used in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be used alone, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be used It is applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is applied alone, or all three embodiments can be applied in combination; or, as shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , these three embodiments may be applied in combination.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. combination; alternatively, any two of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be used in combination, for example
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) can be used in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be used alone, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be used It is applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is applied alone, or all three embodiments can be applied in combination; or, as shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , these three embodiments may be applied in combination.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following
  • the second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C .
  • the core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C
  • the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C
  • the core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D .
  • the core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D
  • the core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the first terminal device sends a first indication message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first indication message from the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device
  • the first indication message may request to no longer monitor the paging through the second terminal device, or request to monitor the paging from the network, or request to no longer use the first terminal device to monitor the paging.
  • the terminal device is associated with the second terminal device.
  • the first indication message may also be a message used to indicate that the second terminal device no longer accesses the network (or communicates with the network). The paging is then monitored through the second terminal device.
  • the first indication message may request to no longer monitor the paging for the second terminal device, or request the second terminal device to monitor the paging from the network, or request The first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the first indication message may also be a message used to indicate that the relay service is no longer provided for the second terminal device. If this is the case, it is considered that the first indication message is an implicit request to no longer serve the second terminal device. Monitor paging.
  • the first indication message is, for example, a NAS message, for example, a registration request message of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication message may also be an N2 message sent by the access network device to the first core network device.
  • the first terminal device may send the first indication message to the access network device, and the access network device will then send the first indication message to the access network device.
  • the indication message is sent to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device. Or, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may perform S602 after receiving the first indication message, or, even if the first indication message is not received, the first core network device may also perform S602, for example, the first core network device may also determine according to other factors
  • S601 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
  • the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or determines that it no longer supports the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device is no longer supported. is associated with the second terminal device, the first core network device can cancel the association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (that is, the second association relationship described in the embodiment shown in FIG. For the explanation of the two association relationships, please refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 ).
  • the first core network device sends a second indication message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the second indication message from the first core network device.
  • the second indication message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or the current identification of the second terminal device, or the current identification of the first terminal device and the current identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second indication message may indicate that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the end device. Or, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the second indication message may indicate that the second terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or, indicate that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device can cancel the second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second core network device sends a first confirmation message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first confirmation message from the second core network device.
  • the first confirmation message may be used to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer supported associated with the second terminal device.
  • the first confirmation message may be used to confirm that the second terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer allowed to monitor paging.
  • the terminal device is associated with the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device sends a third indication message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device.
  • the third indication message may be used to indicate that the second terminal device will no longer monitor the paging, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device will no longer be connected to each other. Associated, or used to indicate that the page is monitored from the network.
  • the third indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitored for paging, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer monitored for paging.
  • the terminal device is associated, or, used to instruct to listen for paging from the network.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, after the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device, it no longer monitors the paging through the second terminal device, but directly monitors the network from the network. paging. However, the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device may continue to exist, that is, the second terminal device may also provide relay services for the first terminal device; or, if the first indication message is used to indicate If the second terminal device no longer accesses the network (or communicates with the network), the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device no longer exists, that is, the second terminal device is no longer The first terminal device provides a relay service.
  • the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, after the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device, it no longer monitors the paging for the second terminal device, and the second terminal device Monitor pages directly from the network.
  • the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device may continue to exist, that is, the first terminal device may also provide relay services for the second terminal device; or, if the first indication message is used to indicate The message that the relay service is no longer provided for the second terminal device, the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device no longer exists, that is, the first terminal device no longer provides the second terminal device. continue service.
  • the first terminal device sends a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message from the first terminal device.
  • the fourth indication message may be a PC5-RRC message, or may be a PC5-S message.
  • the fourth indication message may be used to indicate that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging from the network. After the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message, it may no longer monitor the paging for the first terminal device, and the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network.
  • the fourth indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitored for the paging, or used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging from the network.
  • the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging through the first terminal device, but monitor the paging from the network.
  • the second terminal device sends a second confirmation message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second confirmation message from the second terminal device.
  • the second confirmation message may be regarded as a response message of the third indication message, for example, the second confirmation message may be a PC5-RRC message, or may be a PC5-S message.
  • the second confirmation message may be used to confirm that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to confirm that the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network.
  • the second confirmation message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitoring pages for the first terminal device, or to confirm that the second terminal device monitors pages from the network.
  • S606 and S607 instead of executing S606 and S607, the following S608 may be executed. It can be considered that S606-S607 and S608 are two implementations, and only one of them needs to be executed. Therefore, S606 to S608 are all optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 6 .
  • the second core network device sends a fifth indication message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth indication message from the first core network device.
  • the fifth indication message can be used to indicate that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging from the network, or, It is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated. After the second terminal device receives the fifth indication message, it may no longer monitor the paging for the first terminal device, and the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network.
  • the fifth indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device no longer monitors paging for the first terminal device, or is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor paging from the network, Or, it is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
  • the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging through the first terminal device, but monitor the paging from the network.
  • the first terminal device it is possible to set the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device (or the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device), or to cancel the first terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging (or cancels the second terminal device from monitoring the paging through the first terminal device), so that the manner in which the terminal device monitors the paging is more flexible.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 700 is, for example, the first terminal device 700 .
  • the first terminal device 700 is, for example, the first terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the first terminal device 700 includes a sending module 720 and a receiving module 730 .
  • the first terminal device 700 may further include a processing module 710 .
  • the first terminal device 700 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device.
  • the sending module 720 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 730 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver, and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as
  • the baseband processor may include one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • the sending module 720 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 720 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 730 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • a chip eg, a baseband chip
  • the receiving module 730 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip)
  • the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • processing module 710 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 730 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 720 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the operation of determining the first identifier according to the ninth identifier, and/or using for other processes in support of the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S202 and S209, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S201, S207, S208, and S210, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S304 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S409 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 730 may be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S507 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S601 and S606, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S605 and S607 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 may be a functional module, and the functional module can complete both the sending operation and the receiving operation, and the functional module may be called a transceiver module. All sending operations and receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in any of the embodiments to the embodiments shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver module when performing a sending operation, may be considered to be a sending module, while the When performing the receiving operation, it can be considered that the transceiver module is a receiving module; alternatively, the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 can also be two functional modules, and the transceiver module can also be regarded as a general term for these two functional modules, and the sending module 720 is used to complete the Sending operations, for example, the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG.
  • the receiving module 730 may be configured to After completing the receiving operation, for example, the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 800 is, for example, the first core network device 800 .
  • the first core network device 800 is, for example, the second terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the first core network device 800 includes a processing module 810 and a receiving module 830 .
  • the second terminal device may further include a sending module 820 .
  • the first core network device 800 may be a core network device, or may be a chip applied in the core network device or other combined devices, components, etc., having the functions of the above-mentioned first core network device.
  • the sending module 820 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the receiving module 830 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein , the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be set in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver
  • the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) , such as a baseband processor, which may include one or more CPUs.
  • the sending module 820 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, Alternatively, the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 820 may be an output interface of the chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 830 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, Then, it is considered that the sending module 820 and the receiving module 830 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit.
  • the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit.
  • processing module 810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 830 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 820 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S203 and S204, and/or to support the operations described herein. other processes of technology.
  • the sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S205, S207 and S210, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S202 and S206, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, such as S303, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes.
  • the sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S304 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S202 and S302 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S404 and S408, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology.
  • the sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S401 , S405 and S409 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S403 and S407 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S504 and S506, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology.
  • the sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S501 and S507 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S503 and S505 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S602, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes.
  • the sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S603 and S605, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S601 and S604, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • first core network device 800 For other functions that can be implemented by the first core network device 800, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 6, and details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 900 is, for example, the second core network device 900 .
  • the second core network device 900 includes a sending module 920 and a receiving module 930 .
  • the second core network device 900 further includes a processing module 910 .
  • the second core network device 900 may be a core network device, or may be a chip applied in the core network device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second core network device.
  • the sending module 920 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the receiving module 930 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein , the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be set in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver
  • the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) , such as a baseband processor, which may include one or more CPUs.
  • the sending module 920 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, Alternatively, the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 920 may be an output interface of the chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 930 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, Then, it is considered that the sending module 920 and the receiving module 930 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit.
  • the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit.
  • processing module 910 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 930 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 920 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. operations, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as S206 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as S205 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or be configured to support other processes of the techniques described herein .
  • the sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S302 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S301 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except for the transceiving operations, such as S402 and S406, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology.
  • the sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S403, S407 and S410, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S401 and S405 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes.
  • the sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503, S503 and S507, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S501 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, and/or for supporting other processes of the techniques described herein .
  • the sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S604 and S608, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S603 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device.
  • the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 10 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device (the transceiver unit may be a functional unit, and the function unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function; alternatively, the transceiver unit may also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing a receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing a transmitting function), and a processor with a processing function is regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 10 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 .
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
  • the processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing single board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1010 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • transceiver unit 1010 can be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 2
  • processing unit 1020 is configured to perform the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 4
  • the processing unit 1020 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except on the first terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 6
  • the processing unit 1020 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except on the first terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
  • the communication device in this embodiment is a terminal device
  • the device may perform functions similar to the processing module 710 in FIG. 7 .
  • the processing module 710 in the above embodiment may be the processor 1110 in FIG. 11 and perform corresponding functions
  • the sending module 720 in the above embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1120 in FIG. 11 and perform the corresponding functions function
  • the receiving module 730 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1130 in FIG. 11 , and perform corresponding functions.
  • a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in FIG. 11 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limiting description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
  • FIG. 12 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the processing device 1200 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1203 and an interface 1204 .
  • the processor 1203 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 710
  • the interface 1204 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 720 and receiving module 730 .
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1206, a processor 1203, and a program stored in the memory 1206 and executable on the processor. When the processor 1203 executes the program, the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment is implemented. Methods.
  • the memory 1206 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1206 can be connected to the The processor 1203 is sufficient.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM EPROM memory
  • EEPROM memory EEPROM memory
  • registers hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
  • the above functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access.
  • Such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • the discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually use Lasers make optical copies of data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method and apparatus. A first terminal device sends a first identifier to a first core network device, the first identifier is an identifier of a second terminal device or an identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device provides a relay service to the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service to the first terminal device. The first terminal device receives, from the first core network device, a second identifier assigned to the first terminal device, a paging occasion (PO) corresponding to the second identifier is the same as a PO of the second terminal device, or a time-domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a first threshold, or the PO corresponding to the second identifier partially or completely overlaps the PO of the second terminal device in the time domain. By setting the identifiers of two terminal devices, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same or similar, thereby reducing the power consumption for a relay terminal device to monitor paging.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2020年07月24日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010734069.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010734069.2 and the application title "a communication method and device" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on July 24, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前，终端设备除了可以直接与基站通信之外，还可以通过其他终端设备与基站通信。例如，在公共安全(public safety)的场景下，中继(relay)终端设备可以作为远端(remote)终端设备的中继，使得远端终端设备能够通过中继终端设备与基站通信，这种技术称为用户设备到网络中继(UE to network relay，UE2NW relay)技术。At present, in addition to communicating with the base station directly, the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment. For example, in a public safety scenario, a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device. The technology is called user equipment to network relay (UE to network relay, UE2NW relay) technology.
在这种技术下，远端终端设备可以通过中继终端设备接收来自网络的寻呼(paging)。具体的，中继终端设备除了监听中继终端设备的寻呼之外，还为远端终端设备监听寻呼，并将远端终端设备的寻呼发送给远端终端设备。Under this technique, the remote terminal equipment can receive paging from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
中继终端设备为了监听远端终端设备的寻呼，需要在远端终端设备的寻呼时机(paging occasion，PO)上监听。而中继终端设备与远端终端设备的PO可能是不同的，因此中继终端设备需要在除了中继终端设备的PO之外的额外的时间内醒来监听远端终端设备的寻呼，这增加了中继终端设备的功耗。In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor on the paging occasion (PO) of the remote terminal device. However, the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different, so the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in an extra time besides the PO of the relay terminal device. Increased power consumption of relay terminal equipment.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，用于减小终端设备的功耗。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a terminal device.
第一方面，提供第一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，其中，所述第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，或者，所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二标识，所述第二标识是为所述第一终端设备分配的新的标识，其中，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。A first aspect provides a first communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal device sending a first identification to a first core network device, where the first identification is an identification of a second terminal device, or the first identification An identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; The first terminal device receives a second identification from the first core network device, where the second identification is a new identification allocated for the first terminal device, wherein the paging occasion corresponding to the second identification is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or , the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为终端设备，或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第一通信装置是终端设备为例，例如为第一终端设备。The method may be performed by a first communication apparatus, and the first communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, it is assumed that the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a first terminal device.
一个终端设备的PO，与该终端设备的标识有关，如果两个终端设备的标识不同，则这两个终端设备的PO就可能不同。为此在本申请实施例中，可以通过设置两个终端设备的标识，使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO相同，例如第二终端设备是中继终端设备，第一终端设备是远端终端设备，则第二终端设备在同样的PO上既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，无需在更多的时间内醒来监听寻呼，有助于减小第一终端设备的功耗；或者，可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上相近，则第二终端设备可以在较近的时间内监听第一终端设备的寻呼和第二终端设备的寻呼，例如在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后，第二终端设备可以不必进入休眠状态，而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态，由于两个终端设备的PO在时域上较为接近，因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗，可以小于休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗；或者，也可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，则在PO重叠的时域范围内，第二终端设备既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，相对于现有技术中的中继终端设备完全在不同的PO内监听两个终端设备的寻呼，这种方式也能减小中继终端设备的功耗。The PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same. For example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device. terminal device, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, there are Helps reduce the power consumption of the first terminal device; or, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the first terminal device in a relatively short time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering. In the dormant state, since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; The POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices can be partially or completely overlapped in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can not only monitor the paging of the first terminal device, but also can monitor the paging of the first terminal device. For monitoring the paging of the second terminal device, compared with the relay terminal device in the prior art, the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the first aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the first aspect,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值。 A difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
第二标识对应的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，第二标识对应的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第二标识对应的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，如上三项，也可以替换为第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式中所介绍的七项。即，如上的PO之间的三种关系，与如上的标识之间的七种关系，这两者可以彼此替换。例如，可以认为本申请实施例的技术方案是要使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO满足PO之间的三种关系，或者，也可以认为本申请实施例的技术方案是要使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识满足PO之间的七种关系。The paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold , or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain, the above three items can also be replaced with the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect The seven items described in . That is, the three relationships between the POs as above, and the seven relationships between the logos as above, the two can be substituted for each other. For example, it can be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy three relationships between POs, or, it can also be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to The identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device are made to satisfy seven relationships between POs.
例如，第一方面的方法也可以改为：第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，其中，所述第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，或者，所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二标识， 所述第二标识是为所述第一终端设备分配的新的标识，其中，For example, the method of the first aspect can also be changed to: the first terminal device sends a first identifier to the first core network device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, or the first identifier is The identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; the first terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; A terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is a new identifier allocated for the first terminal device, wherein,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值。 A difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
相应的，第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式也可以改为：Correspondingly, the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect can also be changed to:
所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device. The domain distance is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识。The first terminal device receives the identification of the second terminal device from the second terminal device.
第二终端设备可以先将第二终端设备的标识发送给第一终端设备，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，例如第一标识为第二终端设备的标识。The second terminal device may first send the identifier of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the first identifier to the first core network device, for example, the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第一标识为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 In combination with the first aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the first The identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the total number of paging frames included in a DRX cycle, and N s represents The total number of paging occasions included in one paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is the modulo operation.
这里只是对第一标识的几种实现方式的举例，本申请实施例不限制第一标识的实现方式。This is just an example of several implementation manners of the first identifier, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the implementation manner of the first identifier.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the third optional embodiment of the first aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第一标识还用于指示，所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
所述方法还包括：所述第一终端设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
通过第一消息指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，可以使得指示更为明确。或者，第一终端设备也可以不向第一核心网设备发送第一消息，只需向第一核心网设备发送第一标识即可，第一标识还可以指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻 呼。这也是隐式指示的方式，这样可以减少信令的数量，节省信令开销。Using the first message to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor the paging through the second terminal device can make the indication more explicit. Alternatively, the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but only needs to send the first identifier to the first core network device, and the first identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device requests to pass the second terminal The device listens for paging. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
结合第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，所述第一消息为注册请求消息，或所述第一消息为用于请求业务的消息。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
例如，第一消息可以是本申请实施例新增的消息，专用于指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，例如第一消息为NAS消息；或者，第一消息也可以复用目前已有的消息，例如第一消息可以是第一终端设备的注册请求消息，或者是第一终端设备用于请求业务的消息，或者也可以是指示第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信(或者说，指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务)的消息等。For example, the first message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, for example, the first message is a NAS message; or, the first message may also be multiplexed Currently existing messages, for example, the first message may be a registration request message of the first terminal device, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or may also be an instruction that the first terminal device communicates with the network through the second terminal device Communication (or in other words, messages instructing the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device), etc.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the first aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第二标识还用于指示，允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
所述方法还包括：所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first terminal device receiving a second message from the first core network device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
通过第二消息指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，可以使得指示更为明确。或者，第一核心网设备也可以不向第一终端设备发送第二消息，只需向第一终端设备发送第二标识即可，第二标识还可以指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。这也是隐式指示的方式，这样可以减少信令的数量，节省信令开销。Indicating through the second message that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device can make the indication more explicit. Alternatively, the first core network device may not send the second message to the first terminal device, but only needs to send the second identification to the first terminal device, and the second identification may also indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to pass the second terminal device. Monitor paging. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第二DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期；receiving, by the first terminal device, a second DRX cycle from the second terminal device, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
所述第一终端设备与所述第一核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期。The first terminal device and the first core network device determine a first DRX cycle through negotiation, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, where the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle.
考虑到，如果第一终端设备的DRX周期小于第二终端设备的DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一终端设备的DRX周期，也就是说，第二终端设备为了给第一终端设备监听寻呼，需要按照比第二终端设备的DRX周期更小的DRX周期来监听，这会在一定程度上增加第二终端设备的功耗。因此，作为一种可选的实施方式，可以通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，尽量使得第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，这样第二终端设备可以按照第二终端设备的DRX周期监听，既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，不会给第二终端设备带来额外的功耗。Considering that, if the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device. The DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional embodiment, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；sending, by the first terminal device, a third message to the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device;
所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a fourth message from the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor a paging message for the first terminal device.
第一终端设备可以向第二终端设备发送第三消息，以使得第二终端设备明确第一终端设备请求第二终端设备监听寻呼。The first terminal device may send a third message to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device makes it clear that the first terminal device requests the second terminal device to monitor the paging.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第九种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional embodiment, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息；receiving, by the first terminal device, a third message from the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor a paging message through the first terminal device;
所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a fourth message to the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the second terminal device.
如果是第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，则第二终端设备可以向第一终端设备发送第三消息，以使得第一终端设备明确第二终端设备请求第一终端设备监听寻呼。If it is the second terminal device that provides the relay service for the first terminal device, the second terminal device may send a third message to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device makes it clear that the second terminal device requests the first terminal device to monitor the search call.
结合第一方面的第九种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the ninth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the tenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备按照第三DRX周期为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息，其中，当第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第二DRX周期，或，当第一DRX周期小于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。The first terminal device monitors a paging message for the second terminal device according to a third DRX cycle, wherein when the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the The second DRX cycle, or, when the first DRX cycle is smaller than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle is the DRX of the first terminal device cycle, the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
例如将第一终端设备的DRX周期称为第一DRX周期，将第二终端设备的DRX周期称为第二DRX周期，第二终端设备可以按照第三DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。其中，如果第一DRX周期小于或等于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一DRX周期；或者，如果第一DRX周期大于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第二DRX周期。即，第二终端设备可以按照较小的DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼，以减小错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。For example, the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle, the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle, and the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle . Wherein, if the first DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the eleventh optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备从第一核心网设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第二终端设备通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a fifth message from the first core network device, where the fifth message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务，则可以由第一核心网设备通知第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，而无需第二终端设备向第一终端设备请求。If the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, the first core network device may notify the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device without the second terminal device requesting the first terminal device.
结合第一方面的第十一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识或第三标识，和/或，包括第二DRX周期，其中，所述第三标识为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。With reference to the eleventh optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the twelfth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a third identifier , and/or include a second DRX cycle, wherein the third identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
第五消息可以包括第二终端设备的标识或第三标识，这样可以使得第一终端设备明确第二终端设备的身份，从而为第二终端设备监听寻呼。第五消息也可以包括第二DRX周期，从而第一终端设备可以按照第二DRX周期为第二终端设备监听寻呼。The fifth message may include the identifier of the second terminal device or the third identifier, so that the first terminal device can clarify the identity of the second terminal device, so as to monitor the paging for the second terminal device. The fifth message may also include the second DRX cycle, so that the first terminal device can monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the second DRX cycle.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十三种可选的实施方式中，所述第二 终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the twelfth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the thirteenth optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第三指示消息，所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a third indication message from the first core network device, where the third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
第三指示消息可用于指示不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联，或者，用于指示从网络监听寻呼。通过本申请实施例提供的方法，既可以设置第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或者，第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)，也可以取消第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或者，取消第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)，使得终端设备监听寻呼的方式更为灵活。The third indication message may be used to indicate that the paging is no longer monitored by the second terminal device, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated, or used to indicate that the paging is monitored from the network. With the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to set the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device (or the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device), or to cancel the first terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device. The second terminal device monitors the paging (or cancels the second terminal device from monitoring the paging through the first terminal device), so that the manner in which the terminal device monitors the paging is more flexible.
结合第一方面的第十三种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十四种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：With reference to the thirteenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第一指示消息，所述第一指示消息用于请求不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a first indication message to the first core network device, where the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
如果第一终端设备认为无需再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第一终端设备可以向第一核心网设备发送第一指示消息，以请求不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。If the first terminal device considers that it is no longer necessary to monitor the paging through the second terminal device, the first terminal device may send a first indication message to the first core network device to request to no longer monitor the paging through the second terminal device.
结合第一方面的第十三种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第十四种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：With reference to the thirteenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect or the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifteenth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes :
所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第四指示消息，所述第四指示消息用于指示不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fourth indication message is used to indicate that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
第一终端设备可以通知第二终端设备，第一终端设备不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。则第二终端设备接收第四指示消息后，就可以不再为第二终端设备监听寻呼，以减小第二终端设备的功耗，也使得第一终端设备能够通过其他途径(例如空口)接收寻呼。The first terminal device may notify the second terminal device that the first terminal device no longer monitors the paging through the second terminal device. Then, after the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message, it can no longer monitor the paging for the second terminal device, so as to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device, and also enable the first terminal device to use other channels (for example, an air interface) Receive paging.
第二方面，提供第二种通信方法，该方法包括：第一核心网设备从第一终端设备接收第一标识，所述第一标识用于为所述第一终端设备确定新的标识，所述第一标识为第二终端设备的标识，或为所述第一终端设备的标识，其中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；所述第一核心网设备根据所述第一标识，确定所述第一终端设备的标识为第二标识，其中，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。In a second aspect, a second communication method is provided, the method comprising: a first core network device receiving a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is used to determine a new identification for the first terminal device, the The first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, or the identifier of the first terminal device, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device The device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; the first core network device determines, according to the first identifier, that the identifier of the first terminal device is a second identifier, where the second identifier corresponds to The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first The threshold value, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为网络设备，或者为设置在网络设备中的用于实现网络设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第二通信装置是网络设备为例，例如为第一核心网设备。The method may be performed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device for implementing the function of the network device, or other components for implementing the function of the network device. In the following introduction process, the second communication apparatus is taken as an example of a network device, such as a first core network device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the second aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID  mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值。 A difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
同理，如上的PO之间的三种关系，与如上的标识之间的七种关系，这两者可以彼此替换，替换方式可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的介绍。In the same way, the above three relationships between POs and the above seven relationships between identifiers can be replaced with each other, and reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the corresponding embodiment for the replacement method.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述第一核心网设备根据所述第一标识，确定所述第一终端设备的标识为第二标识，包括：In combination with the second aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the first core network device determines the The identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier, including:
所述第一核心网设备根据所述第一标识，确定第三标识，所述第三标识为与所述第一终端设备具有中继关系的所述第二终端设备的标识，或为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识；The first core network device determines a third identifier according to the first identifier, where the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, or is based on the first identifier. the identifier determined by the identifier of the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备根据所述第三标识，为所述第一终端设备分配所述第二标识。The first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device according to the third identifier.
如果第一标识是第一终端设备的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以查询确定与第一终端设备具有关联关系的第二终端设备，例如第一核心网设备可以通过查询第一终端设备的签约数据来确定与第一终端设备具有关联关系的第二终端设备，从而确定第二终端设备的标识，例如所确定的第二终端设备的标识为第三标识，第一核心网设备可根据第三标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。或者，如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，第一核心网设备也可以将第一标识先进行转换，即，第一核心网设备根据第一标识确定第三标识，再根据第三标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。或者，第一核心网设备也可以直接根据第一标识确定第二标识，而无需再确定第三标识。可以看到，本申请实施例中第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配第二标识的方式较为灵活。If the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, the first core network device may query and determine the second terminal device that is associated with the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may query the subscription of the first terminal device by querying data to determine the second terminal device that has an associated relationship with the first terminal device, so as to determine the identity of the second terminal device. For example, the determined identity of the second terminal device is the third The identification determines that the identification of the first terminal device is the second identification. Alternatively, if the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, the first core network device may also convert the first identification first, that is, the first core network device determines the third identification according to the first identification, and then determines the third identification according to the third identification. It is determined that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier. Alternatively, the first core network device may directly determine the second identifier according to the first identifier, without further determining the third identifier. It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device is relatively flexible.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第二方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第一标识为SUCI、SUPI、IMSI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 In combination with the second aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the second aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the first The identifier is SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the paging frame included in one DRX cycle N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，所述第二标识为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the third optional embodiment of the second aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents that a DRX cycle includes The total number of paging frames, N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the fifth optional embodiment of the second aspect In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第一标识还用于指示，所 述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
所述方法还包括：所述第一核心网设备从所述第一终端设备接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first core network device receives a first message from the first terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
结合第二方面的第五种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，所述第一消息为注册请求消息，或所述第一消息为用于请求业务的消息。With reference to the fifth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the second aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第一核心网设备为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化，或者，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够保持一致。The first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to be synchronized change, or, the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device in the association relationship can be consistent.
这里的关联关系可用于使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够保持一致，以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，可以使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种；或者，这里的关联关系可用于使得第一终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO能够保持一致，以使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种。The association relationship here can be used to keep the identifier of the first terminal device consistent with the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types of identifiers described above. Any one or more of the relationships, or, can enable the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships between the POs described above; or, The association relationship here can be used to keep the PO of the first terminal device consistent with the PO of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can satisfy the three types of POs introduced above. Any one or more of the relationships, or enable the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the identifications described above.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为同一核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device, and the method Also includes:
所述第一核心网设备确定需要为所述第一终端设备分配新的标识；The first core network device determines that a new identity needs to be allocated to the first terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备为所述第一终端设备分配第四标识，以及，所述第一核心网设备为所述第二终端设备分配第五标识，其中，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机相同，或，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The first core network device assigns a fourth identification to the first terminal device, and the first core network device assigns a fifth identification to the second terminal device, wherein the determined value is determined according to the fourth identification. The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification is less than or is equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
例如，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备，如果第一核心网设备确定需要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第四标识，另外，第一核心网设备可以为第二终端设备分配第五标识，例如第一核心网设备可以根据第四标识来分配第五标识。在分配后，可使得第四标识和第五标识满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得根据第四标识确定的PO和根据第五标识确定的PO满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。For example, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the first terminal device, the first core network device may be the first terminal device. The fourth identifier is allocated. In addition, the first core network device may allocate a fifth identifier to the second terminal device, for example, the first core network device may allocate the fifth identifier according to the fourth identifier. After the assignment, the fourth identification and the fifth identification may be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifications as described above, or the PO determined according to the fourth identification and the PO determined according to the fifth identification may be made to satisfy One or more of the three relationships between POs as described above.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第九种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the second aspect In selected embodiments,
所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为不同的核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述方法还包括：The first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
向所述第二核心网设备发送第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求所述第二核心网设备为 所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化；Send a sixth message to the second core network device, where the sixth message is used to request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the association relationship The identification for the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device can be changed synchronously;
从所述第二核心网设备接收第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示接受为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系。A seventh message is received from the second core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance of establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
第一核心网设备还可以请求第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，从而能够保障第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能始终保持一致。The first core network device may also request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, thereby ensuring that the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can always be consistent.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第九种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the ninth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the tenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二标识。Send the second identification to the first terminal device.
第一核心网设备可以将分配给第一终端设备的第二标识发送给第一终端设备，从而第一终端设备可以使用第二标识。The first core network device may send the second identification allocated to the first terminal device to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device may use the second identification.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the tenth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the eleventh optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第二标识还用于指示，允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
所述方法还包括：所述第一核心网设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first core network device sends a second message to the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the twelfth aspect of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the method also includes:
所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备从所述第二核心网设备接收第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识；The first core network device receives a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备根据所述第五标识，为所述第一终端设备分配第六标识。The first core network device allocates a sixth identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification.
如果第一核心网设备要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可以请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识，从而第一核心网设备可以根据第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的第五标识来为第一终端设备分配新的标识，以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO能够满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。If the first core network device wants to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the first core network device can The fifth identification assigned by the core network device to the second terminal device is used to assign a new identification to the first terminal device, so that the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types between the identifications introduced above. One or more of the relationships, or enable the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device and the PO determined according to the identity of the second terminal device to satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs described above. kind.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十三种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the thirteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the method also includes:
所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备从所述第二核心网设备接收第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第 二终端设备分配的新的标识；The first core network device receives a fifth identification from the second core network device, and the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备向所述第二核心网设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第九消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识；The first core network device sends a ninth message to the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备从所述第二核心网设备接收第七标识，所述第七标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识；receiving, by the first core network device, a seventh identifier from the second core network device, where the seventh identifier is a new identifier allocated for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备根据所述第七标识，为所述第一终端设备分配第八标识。The first core network device allocates an eighth identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier.
如果第一核心网设备要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可以请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识。但第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配第五标识后，第一核心网设备可能无法根据第五标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识。则第一核心网设备可以继续请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识，从而第一核心网设备可以根据第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的第七标识来为第一终端设备分配新的标识。即，通过这种多次协商的方式，可以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO能够满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。If the first core network device wants to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. However, after the second core network device assigns the fifth identifier to the second terminal device, the first core network device may not be able to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the fifth identifier. Then the first core network device can continue to request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the seventh identifier assigned by the second core network device to the second terminal device. A terminal device assigns a new identity. That is, through this multiple negotiation method, the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be The PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十四种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the fourteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the method also includes:
所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，以及，所述第八消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一候选标识用于确定所述第五标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device, the first candidate identifier for determining the fifth identifier, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备从所述第二核心网设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示无法为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识；receiving, by the first core network device, a ninth message from the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备为所述第一终端设备分配所述第八标识。The first core network device allocates the eighth identifier to the first terminal device.
如果第一核心网设备要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可以请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识。另外第一核心网设备还可以将待分配给第一终端设备的第一候选标识发送给第二核心网设备，从而第二核心网设备可以根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识。但第二核心网设备可能无法根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，则第二核心网设备可以通知第一核心网设备，那么第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第八标识，而不分配第一候选标识。例如，后续第一核心网设备还可以将第八标识发送给第二核心网设备，以使得第二核心网设备再根据第八标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识。即，通过这种多次协商的方式，可以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO能够满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。If the first core network device wants to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, the first core network device may request the second core network device to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. In addition, the first core network device can also send the first candidate identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier . However, the second core network device may not be able to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, then the second core network device may notify the first core network device, and the first core network device may assign a new identifier to the first terminal device. The eighth identification, without assigning the first candidate identification. For example, the subsequent first core network device may also send the eighth identification to the second core network device, so that the second core network device allocates a new identification to the second terminal device according to the eighth identification. That is, through this multiple negotiation method, the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be The PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
结合第二方面的第十四种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中，所述第九消息还包括第二候选标识，所述第二候选标识为待分配给所述第二终端设备的标 识，且所述第八标识是根据第二候选标识确定的。With reference to the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifteenth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is The identifier to be allocated to the second terminal device, and the eighth identifier is determined according to the second candidate identifier.
第二核心网设备无法根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，则第二核心网设备可以告知第一核心网设备，另外，第二核心网设备还可以确定待分配给第二终端设备的标识，即第二候选标识，并将第二候选标识也发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备可以根据第二候选标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，例如第八标识就是根据第二候选标识确定的，从而第二核心网设备可以将第二候选标识分配给第二终端设备，减小了第二核心网设备无法为第二终端设备分配标识的概率。即，通过这种多次协商的方式，可以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO能够满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。If the second core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, the second core network device may notify the first core network device. The identifier of the terminal device, that is, the second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is also sent to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, such as the first The eight identifiers are determined according to the second candidate identifier, so that the second core network device can assign the second candidate identifier to the second terminal device, reducing the probability that the second core network device cannot assign an identifier to the second terminal device. That is, through this multiple negotiation method, the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be made to satisfy one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers as described above, or the identifiers of the first terminal device can be The PO determined by the identification of one terminal device and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device can satisfy one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced above.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十六种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the fifteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the sixteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further includes:
向所述第一终端设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第二终端设备通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。A fifth message is sent to the first terminal device, where the fifth message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
第一核心网设备可以通知第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，从而无需第二终端设备向第一终端设备发起请求。The first core network device may notify the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device does not need to initiate a request to the first terminal device.
结合第二方面的第十六种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十七种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识或第四标识，所述第四标识为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识，和/或，包括第二DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。With reference to the sixteenth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the seventeenth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a fourth identifier , the fourth identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and/or includes a second DRX cycle, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
第五消息可以包括第二终端设备的标识或第四标识，使得第一终端设备能够明确第二终端设备的身份。第五消息也可以包括第二DRX周期，从而第一终端设备可以按照第一DRX周期为第二终端设备监听寻呼。The fifth message may include the identification of the second terminal device or the fourth identification, so that the first terminal device can clarify the identity of the second terminal device. The fifth message may also include the second DRX cycle, so that the first terminal device can monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the first DRX cycle.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十八种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the seventeenth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the eighteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the method also includes:
所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备。The first core network device and the second core network device determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation, the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is The DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device.
考虑到，如果第一终端设备的DRX周期小于第二终端设备的DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一终端设备的DRX周期，也就是说，第二终端设备为了给第一终端设备监听寻呼，需要按照比第二终端设备的DRX周期更小的DRX周期来监听，这会在一定程度上增加第二终端设备的功耗。因此，作为一种可选的实施方式，可以通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，尽量使得第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，这样第二终端设备可以按照第二终端设备的DRX周期监听，既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，不会给第二终端设备带来额外的功耗。协商DRX周期的过程可以发生在终端设备与核心网设备之间，或者也可以发生在核心网设备之间，较为灵活。Considering that, if the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device. The DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device. The process of negotiating the DRX cycle may occur between the terminal device and the core network device, or may also occur between the core network devices, which is more flexible.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十八种可选的实 施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第十九种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the eighteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the nineteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一核心网设备确定不再支持所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
第一核心网设备可以确定是否要支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，对于确定方式不做限制。The first core network device may determine whether to support the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, and there is no restriction on the determination method.
结合第二方面的第十九种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二十种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the nineteenth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the twentieth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述第一核心网设备从所述第一终端设备接收第一指示消息，所述第一指示消息用于请求不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first core network device receives a first indication message from the first terminal device, where the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
第一核心网设备确定不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，一种确定方式为，接收了来自第一终端设备的第一指示消息，从而就可以确定不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。The first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device. One way of determining is that after receiving the first indication message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported. The terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第十八种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二十一种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the eighteenth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the twentieth aspect of the second aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further includes:
所述第一核心网设备确定不再支持所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；The first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device;
所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第二指示消息，所述第二指示消息用于指示不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联；sending, by the first core network device, a second indication message to the second core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
所述第一核心网设备从所述第二核心网设备接收第一确认消息，所述第一确认消息用于确认不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联。The first core network device receives a first confirmation message from the second core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
因为第二核心网设备可能也建立了第一终端设备和第二终端设备的关联关系，因此第一核心网设备可以通知第二核心网设备，从而第二核心网设备也不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。Because the second core network device may also establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the first core network device may notify the second core network device, so that the second core network device will no longer associate the first terminal device with the first terminal device. The device is associated with the second terminal device.
结合第二方面的第二十种可选的实施方式或第二方面的第二十一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二十二种可选的实施方式中，所述第一指示消息为NAS消息，或N2消息。With reference to the twentieth optional implementation manner of the second aspect or the twenty-first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the twenty-second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the An indication message is a NAS message, or an N2 message.
结合第二方面的第十九种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第二十二种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二十三种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with any one of the nineteenth optional embodiments of the second aspect to the twenty-second optional embodiments of the second aspect, in the twenty-third optional embodiment of the second aspect In an optional embodiment, the method further includes:
所述第一核心网设备向所述第一终端设备发送第三指示消息，所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first core network device sends a third indication message to the first terminal device, where the third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the second aspect or various optional implementations of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations.
第三方面，提供第三种通信方法，该方法包括：第二核心网设备从第一核心网设备接收第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为第一终端设备与第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化，所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为不同的核心网设备，所述第一核心网设备是为所述第一终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设 备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示接受为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系。In a third aspect, a third communication method is provided. The method includes: the second core network device receives a sixth message from the first core network device, where the sixth message is used to request to establish a connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device an association relationship, the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to change synchronously, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, The first core network device is a core network device that provides services for the first terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device, and the first terminal device Provide a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device; the second core network device sends a seventh message, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance of establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
该方法可由第三通信装置执行，第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第三通信装置为网络设备，或者为设置在网络设备中的用于实现网络设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第三通信装置是网络设备为例，例如为第二核心网设备。The method may be performed by a third communication apparatus, and the third communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device for implementing the function of the network device, or other components for implementing the function of the network device. In the following introduction process, it is assumed that the third communication apparatus is a network device, for example, a second core network device.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the third aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二核心网设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识；The second core network device receives an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, where the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识。The second core network device sends a fifth identification to the first core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
结合第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二核心网设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第九消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识；The second core network device receives a ninth message from the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第七标识，所述第七标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识。The second core network device sends a seventh identification to the first core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
结合第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第三方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第五标识是根据所述第一候选标识确定的。In combination with the first optional implementation manner of the third aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the fifth message further includes the A candidate identifier, the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the fifth identifier is determined according to the first candidate identifier.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the third aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二核心网设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，以及，所述第八消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一候选标识用于确定所述第五标识，所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识；The second core network device receives an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the second an identifier or an identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned to the first terminal device, the first candidate identifier for determining the fifth identification, and the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device;
所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示无法为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识。The second core network device sends a ninth message to the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device.
结合第三方面的第四种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，所述第九消息还包括第二候选标识，所述第二候选标识为待分配给所述第二终端设备的标识，且所述第二候选标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的新的标识。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is to be allocated The identification of the second terminal device, and the second candidate identification is used to determine the new identification of the first terminal device.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第三方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the third aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the third aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the third aspect, in the sixth optional embodiment of the third aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第二核心网设备与所述第一核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述 第二终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期。The second core network device and the first core network device determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle The period is the DRX period of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX period is greater than or equal to the second DRX period.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第三方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In combination with the third aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the third aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the third aspect, the seventh optional embodiment of the third aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第二核心网设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二指示消息，所述第二指示消息用于指示不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联；receiving, by the second core network device, a second indication message from the first core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第一确认消息，所述第一确认消息用于确认不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联。The second core network device sends a first confirmation message to the first core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
结合第三方面的第七种可选的实施方式，在第三方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：In conjunction with the seventh optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the eighth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二核心网设备向所述第二终端设备发送第五指示消息，所述第五指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The second core network device sends a fifth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fifth indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍，或，可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the third aspect or various optional embodiments of the third aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding embodiments, or, reference may be made to the second aspect or corresponding technical effects An introduction to the technical effects of the implementation.
第四方面，提供一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块，可选的，还可以包括收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备，例如第一终端设备。下面以第一通信装置是第一终端设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者，处理电路)实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为通信设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第四方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第一通信装置是第一终端设备，以及，以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中，In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned first communication device. The first communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the first communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the first communication apparatus is the first terminal device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions. If the first communication apparatus is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Alternatively, if the first communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the fourth aspect, the first communication apparatus is continued to be the first terminal device, and the processing module, the sending module, and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
所述发送模块，用于向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，其中，所述第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，或者，所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；The sending module is configured to send the first identification to the first core network device, where the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, or the first identification is the identification of the first terminal device, The first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
所述接收模块，用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第二标识，所述第二标识是为所述第一终端设备分配的新的标识，其中，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The receiving module is configured to receive a second identification from the first core network device, where the second identification is a new identification allocated for the first terminal device, wherein the paging corresponding to the second identification The timing is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, Or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值。 A difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识。With reference to the fourth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the received data from the second terminal device. the identifier of the second terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第四方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第一标识为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 In combination with the fourth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first The identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the total number of paging frames included in a DRX cycle, and N s represents The total number of paging occasions included in one paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is the modulo operation.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the third optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第一标识还用于指示，所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The sending module is further configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第四方面的第四种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，所述第一消息为注册请求消息，或所述第一消息为用于请求业务的消息。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the sixth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第二标识还用于指示，允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first core network device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收第二DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期；The receiving module is further configured to receive a second DRX cycle from the second terminal device, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
所述处理模块，用于与所述第一核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述 第二DRX周期。The processing module is configured to determine a first DRX cycle through negotiation with the first core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or Equal to the second DRX cycle.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，In combination with the fourth aspect or any optional embodiment of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional embodiment, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device,
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；The sending module is further configured to send a third message to the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。The receiving module is further configured to receive a fourth message from the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the first terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第九种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional embodiment, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device,
所述发送模块，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息；The sending module is further configured to receive a third message from the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The receiving module is further configured to send a fourth message to the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the second terminal device.
结合第四方面的第九种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十种可选的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于按照第三DRX周期为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息，其中，当第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第二DRX周期，或，当第一DRX周期小于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。With reference to the ninth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the tenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to monitor the second terminal device according to the third DRX cycle Paging message, wherein, when the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the second DRX cycle, or, when the first DRX cycle is less than the second DRX cycle , the third DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述接收模块，还用于从第一核心网设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第二终端设备通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth message from the first core network device, and the fifth message is used for instructing the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
结合第四方面的第十一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识或第三标识，和/或，包括第二DRX周期，其中，所述第三标识为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。With reference to the eleventh optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the twelfth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a third identifier , and/or include a second DRX cycle, wherein the third identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十三种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第三指示消息，所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the twelfth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the thirteenth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the receiving module is further configured to receive a third indication message from the first core network device, the The third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第四方面的第十三种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十四种可选的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第一指示消息，所述第一指示消息用于请求不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。With reference to the thirteenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending module is further configured to send the first core network device to the first core network device. Indication message, the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第四方面的第十三种可选的实施方式或第四方面的第十四种可选的实施方式，在第四方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第四指示消息，所述第四指示消息用于指示不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。With reference to the thirteenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifteenth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending module, It is also used to send a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fourth indication message is used to indicate that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the fourth aspect or various optional implementations of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations.
第五方面，提供一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第二通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块，可选的，还可以包括收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为核心网设备，例如第一核心网设备。下面以第二通信装置是第一核心网设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者，处理电路)实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为通信设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第五方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第二通信装置是第一核心网设备，以及，以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中，A fifth aspect provides a communication device, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned second communication device. The second communication device is configured to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the second communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Exemplarily, the network device is a core network device, such as a first core network device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the second communication apparatus is the first core network device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions. If the second communication apparatus is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Or, if the second communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the fifth aspect, continue to take the second communication device as the first core network device, and take the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module as examples for introduction. in,
所述接收模块，用于从第一终端设备接收第一标识，所述第一标识用于为所述第一终端设备确定新的标识，所述第一标识为第二终端设备的标识，或为所述第一终端设备的标识，其中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；The receiving module is configured to receive a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is used to determine a new identification for the first terminal device, and the first identification is an identification of the second terminal device, or is the identifier of the first terminal device, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一标识，确定所述第一终端设备的标识为第二标识，其中，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The processing module is configured to determine, according to the first identification, the identification of the first terminal device as a second identification, wherein the paging occasion corresponding to the second identification is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device The timings are the same, or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier The occasion partially or completely overlaps in the time domain with the paging occasion of the second terminal device.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor (UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值。 A difference between the second identification corresponding floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the identity of the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s is smaller than or equal to the fifth threshold value.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述第一标识，确定所述第一终端设备的标识为第二标识：With reference to the fifth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first identifier, in the following manner The identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier:
根据所述第一标识，确定第三标识，所述第三标识为与所述第一终端设备具有中继关系的所述第二终端设备的标识，或为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识；Determine a third identifier according to the first identifier, where the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, or is based on the identifier of the second terminal device the identified identification;
根据所述第三标识，为所述第一终端设备分配所述第二标识。According to the third identification, the second identification is allocated to the first terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第五方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第一标识为SUCI、SUPI、IMSI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 With reference to the fifth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first The identifier is SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the paging frame included in one DRX cycle N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第二标识为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024，mod为取模运算。 In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the third optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, the third optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents that a DRX cycle includes The total number of paging frames, N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, and mod is a modulo operation.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，Combined with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, the fifth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第一标识还用于指示，所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一终端设备接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The receiving module is further configured to receive a first message from the first terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor a paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第五方面的第五种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，所述第一消息为注册请求消息，或所述第一消息为用于请求业务的消息。With reference to the fifth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is used to request a service news.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，所述处理模块，还用于为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化。In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment, the processing module is further configured to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the first terminal device. The identifiers of the two terminal devices can be changed synchronously.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为同一核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device,
所述处理模块，还用于确定需要为所述第一终端设备分配新的标识；The processing module is further configured to determine that a new identity needs to be allocated to the first terminal device;
所述处理模块，还用于为所述第一终端设备分配第四标识，以及，为所述第二终端设备分配第五标识，其中，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机相同，或，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，根据所述第四标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第五标识确定的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The processing module is further configured to assign a fourth identification to the first terminal device, and assign a fifth identification to the second terminal device, wherein the paging timing determined according to the fourth identification is The paging occasions determined by the fifth identification are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasions determined according to the fifth identification is less than or equal to the first threshold, or , the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification and the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第七种可选的实施 方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第九种可选的实施方式中，所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为不同的核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，Combined with the fifth aspect or any optional embodiment in the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device,
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第二核心网设备发送第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求所述第二核心网设备为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化；The sending module is further configured to send a sixth message to the second core network device, where the sixth message is used to request the second core network device to be the first terminal device and the second terminal device establishing an association relationship, the association relationship is used for the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to be able to change synchronously;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示接受为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系。The receiving module is further configured to receive a seventh message from the second core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第九种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十种可选的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二标识。In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the ninth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the tenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the first terminal device.
结合第五方面的第十种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中，With reference to the tenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第二标识还用于指示，允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The sending module is further configured to send a second message to the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十二种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment,
所述发送模块，还用于向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第五标识，为所述第一终端设备分配第六标识。The processing module is further configured to assign a sixth identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十三种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the thirteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment,
所述发送模块，还用于向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive a fifth identification from the second core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第二核心网设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第九消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识；The sending module is further configured to send a ninth message to the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes the the second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第七标识，所述第七标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive a seventh identification from the second core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device;
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第七标识，为所述第一终端设备分配第八标识。The processing module is further configured to assign an eighth identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十一种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十四种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the eleventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the fourteenth aspect of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment,
所述发送模块，还用于向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所 述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，以及，所述第八消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一候选标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的新的标识，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备；The sending module is further configured to send an eighth message to the second core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the first candidate identifier The identifier is used to determine a new identifier of the second terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示无法为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive a ninth message from the second core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device;
所述处理模块，还用于为所述第一终端设备分配第八标识。The processing module is further configured to assign an eighth identifier to the first terminal device.
结合第五方面的第十四种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中，所述第九消息还包括第二候选标识，所述第二候选标识为待分配给所述第二终端设备的标识，且所述第八标识是根据第二候选标识确定的。With reference to the fourteenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifteenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is The identifier to be allocated to the second terminal device, and the eighth identifier is determined according to the second candidate identifier.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十六种可选的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第二终端设备通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。In combination with the fifth aspect or any optional embodiment in the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the fifteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the sixteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the sending module is further configured to send a fifth message to the first terminal device, the fifth message The message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
结合第五方面的第十六种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十七种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识或第四标识，所述第四标识为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识，和/或，包括第二DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。With reference to the sixteenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the seventeenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device or a fourth identifier , the fourth identifier is an identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and/or includes a second DRX cycle, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十八种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the seventeenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the eighteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional embodiment,
所述处理模块，还用于与第二核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备。The processing module is further configured to determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation with the second core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, and the second core network device is a core network device that provides services for the second terminal device .
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十八种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第十九种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述处理模块，还用于确定不再支持所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the eighteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the nineteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the processing module is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported through the second terminal The device listens for paging messages.
结合第五方面的第十九种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第二十种可选的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一终端设备接收第一指示消息，所述第一指示消息用于请求不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。With reference to the nineteenth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the twentieth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive a first indication from the first terminal device message, the first indication message is used to request that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第十八种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第二十一种可选的实施方式中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the eighteenth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the twentieth aspect of the fifth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device,
所述处理模块，还用于确定不再支持所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；The processing module is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device;
所述发送模块，还用于向第二核心网设备发送第二指示消息，所述第二指示消息用于指示不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联；The sending module is further configured to send a second indication message to the second core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第二核心网设备接收第一确认消息，所述第一确认消息 用于确认不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联。The receiving module is further configured to receive a first confirmation message from the second core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
结合第五方面的第二十种可选的实施方式或第五方面的第二十一可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第二十二种可选的实施方式中，所述第一指示消息为NAS消息，或N2消息。With reference to the twentieth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the twenty-first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the twenty-second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first The indication message is a NAS message, or an N2 message.
结合第五方面的第十九种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第二十二种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第五方面的第二十三种可选的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第三指示消息，所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。In combination with any one of the nineteenth optional embodiments of the fifth aspect to the twenty-second optional embodiments of the fifth aspect, in the twenty-third optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to send a third indication message to the first terminal device, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device no longer passes through the second terminal device. The terminal device listens for paging messages.
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the fifth aspect or various optional embodiments of the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the second aspect or corresponding embodiments.
第六方面，提供一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述第三通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第三通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块，可选的，还可以包括收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第三通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为核心网设备，例如为第二核心网设备。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者，处理电路)实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第三通信装置为通信设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中，以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中，In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device. The third communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the third communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Exemplarily, the network device is a core network device, such as a second core network device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module can be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module can be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver can be different functional modules, or can be the same functional module but can implement different functions. If the third communication device is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Alternatively, if the third communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the sixth aspect, the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
所述接收模块，用于从第一核心网设备接收第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为第一终端设备与第二终端设备建立关联关系，所述关联关系用于所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化，所述第一核心网设备与第二核心网设备为不同的核心网设备，所述第一核心网设备是为所述第一终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述第二核心网设备是为所述第二终端设备提供服务的核心网设备，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；The receiving module is configured to receive a sixth message from the first core network device, where the sixth message is used to request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the association relationship is used for the first terminal device The identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can be changed synchronously, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and the first core network device is the first core network device. a core network device that provides services to a terminal device, the second core network device is a core network device that provides services to the second terminal device, and the first terminal device provides relay services to the second terminal device, or , the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
所述发送模块，用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示接受为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备建立关联关系。The sending module is configured to send a seventh message to the first core network device, where the seventh message is used to indicate acceptance to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first Two identifiers or the identifier of the second terminal device, the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第五标识，所述第五标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识。The sending module is further configured to send a fifth identification to the first core network device, where the fifth identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
结合第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示 为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第九消息包括所述第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive a ninth message from the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the ninth message includes all the second identification or the identification of the second terminal device;
所述接收模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第七标识，所述第七标识是为所述第二终端设备分配的新的标识。The receiving module is further configured to send a seventh identification to the first core network device, where the seventh identification is a new identification allocated for the second terminal device.
结合第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第六方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第五消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第五标识是根据所述第一候选标识确定的。With reference to the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the fifth message further includes the A candidate identifier, the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the fifth identifier is determined according to the first candidate identifier.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识，其中，所述第八消息包括第二标识或所述第二终端设备的标识，以及，所述第八消息还包括第一候选标识，所述第一候选标识为待分配给所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一候选标识用于确定所述第五标识，所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识；The receiving module is further configured to receive an eighth message from the first core network device, where the eighth message is used to instruct to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device, wherein the eighth message includes the first The second identifier or the identifier of the second terminal device, and the eighth message further includes a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated to the first terminal device, and the first candidate identifier The identifier is used to determine the fifth identifier, and the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device;
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于指示无法为所述第二终端设备分配新的标识。The sending module is further configured to send a ninth message to the first core network device, where the ninth message is used to indicate that a new identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device.
结合第六方面的第四种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，所述第九消息还包括第二候选标识，所述第二候选标识为待分配给所述第二终端设备的标识，且所述第二候选标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的新的标识。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the ninth message further includes a second candidate identifier, and the second candidate identifier is to be allocated The identification of the second terminal device, and the second candidate identification is used to determine the new identification of the first terminal device.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第六方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第六种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述处理模块，还用于与所述第一核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期。The processing module is further configured to determine a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle through negotiation with the first core network device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, wherein the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第六方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第七种可选的实施方式中，In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述接收模块，还用于从所述第一核心网设备接收第二指示消息，所述第二指示消息用于指示不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联；The receiving module is further configured to receive a second indication message from the first core network device, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated;
所述发送模块，还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送第一确认消息，所述第一确认消息用于确认不再将所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备相关联。The sending module is further configured to send a first confirmation message to the first core network device, where the first confirmation message is used to confirm that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated.
结合第六方面的第七种可选的实施方式，在第六方面的第八种可选的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第五指示消息，所述第五指示消息用于指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。With reference to the seventh optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eighth optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the sending module is further configured to send a fifth indication message to the second terminal device, The fifth indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the sixth aspect or various optional embodiments of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the third aspect or corresponding embodiments.
第七方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者，处理电路)和通信接口(或者，接口电路)，通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的，还可以包括存储器，用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合，用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者，第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器，存储器可以位于第一通信装置外部。处理器、 存储器和通信接口相互耦合，用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如，当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时，使第一通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备，例如第一终端设备。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned first communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect. Alternatively, the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication apparatus is caused to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
其中，如果第一通信装置为通信设备，通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者，发送器和接收器)实现，例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the first communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the first communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第八方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者，处理电路)和通信接口(或者，接口电路)，通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的，还可以包括存储器，用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合，用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者，第二通信装置也可以不包括存储器，存储器可以位于第二通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合，用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如，当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时，使第二通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为核心网设备，例如第一核心网设备。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect. Alternatively, the second communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the above second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication apparatus is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Exemplarily, the network device is a core network device, such as a first core network device.
其中，如果第二通信装置为通信设备，通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者，发送器和接收器)实现，例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the second communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the second communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第九方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者，处理电路)和通信接口(或者，接口电路)，通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的，还可以包括存储器，用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合，用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者，第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器，存储器可以位于第三通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合，用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如，当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时，使第一通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地，所述第三通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为核心网设备，例如第二核心网设备。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect. Alternatively, the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Exemplarily, the network device is a core network device, such as a second core network device.
其中，如果第三通信装置为通信设备，通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者，发送器和接收器)实现，例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the third communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the third communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十方面，提供第一通信系统，所述第一通信系统包括第四方面所述的通信装置或第七方面所述的通信装置，以及包括第五方面所述的通信装置或第八方面所述的通信装置。A tenth aspect provides a first communication system, the first communication system comprising the communication device of the fourth aspect or the communication device of the seventh aspect, and the communication device of the fifth aspect or the communication device of the eighth aspect the communication device described.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，所述第二通信系统还包括第六方面所述的通信装置或第九方面所述的通信装置。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second communication system further includes the communication apparatus described in the sixth aspect or the communication apparatus described in the ninth aspect.
第十一方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十二方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the second aspect or the second aspect above. A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十三方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the third aspect or the third aspect A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十四方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product being used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
第十五方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A fifteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
第十六方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product being used to store a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
在本申请实施例中，可以通过设置两个终端设备的标识，使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO相同或相近，从而减小中继终端设备监听寻呼的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, by setting the identifiers of the two terminal devices, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same or similar, thereby reducing the power consumption of the relay terminal device for monitoring paging.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A～图1D为本申请实施例的四种应用场景的示意图；1A to 1D are schematic diagrams of four application scenarios according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；2 is a flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图；3 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程图；4 is a flowchart of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程图；5 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第五种通信方法的流程图；6 is a flowchart of a fifth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第一终端设备的一种示意性框图；FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第一核心网设备的一种示意性框图；FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a first core network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第二核心网设备的一种示意性框图；FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a second core network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的一种示意性框图；FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一示意性框图；FIG. 11 is another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的再一示意性框图。FIG. 12 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application more clear, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具体的，包括向用户提供语音的设备，或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备，或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音或数据，或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things，IoT)终端设备、签约单元(subscriber unit)、签约站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity sexual equipment. For example, it may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscription unit (subscriber unit), subscription station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants), PDA), etc. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc. For example, it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备，如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内)，都可以认为是车载终端设备，车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit，OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment. For example, the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为，能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may further include a relay (relay). Alternatively, it can be understood that any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请实施例中，用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备，也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the terminal device. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal being a terminal device as an example.
2)网络设备，例如包括接入网(access network，AN)设备，例如基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者例如，一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体，可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如，网络设备可以包括LTE系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)新空口(new radio，NR)系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment over the air interface through one or more cells , or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The base station may be used to interconvert the received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications. The network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include fifth generation mobile The next generation node B (gNB) in the communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system (also referred to as the NR system) may also include a cloud access network (cloud radio) The embodiment of the present application is not limited to a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in an access network, Cloud RAN) system.
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备，核心网设备例如包括5G系统中的访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)或用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)等，或者包括4G系统中的移动管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)等。The network equipment may also include core network equipment, for example, the core network equipment includes an access and mobility management function (AMF), a session management function (SMF) or a user plane function (user plane) in the 5G system function, UPF), etc., or include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) and the like in the 4G system.
本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
3)非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)机制。DRX机制包括DRX周期(cycle)，终端设备在DRX周期内会周期性地“醒来”一段时间，在DRX周期中的其他时间可以保持“休眠”状态，以降低功耗。简单来说，在DRX机制下，终端设备可以周期性地进入睡眠状态，不需要监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)。3) Discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism. The DRX mechanism includes a DRX cycle. During the DRX cycle, the terminal device will periodically "wake up" for a period of time, and may remain in a "sleep" state at other times in the DRX cycle to reduce power consumption. To put it simply, under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
4)无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)状态，终端设备有3种RRC状态：RRC连接(connected)态、RRC空闲(idle)态和RRC非激活(inactive)态。4) Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state, the terminal equipment has three RRC states: RRC connected (connected) state, RRC idle (idle) state and RRC inactive (inactive) state.
RRC连接态(或，也可以简称为连接态。在本文中，“连接态”和“RRC连接态”，是同一概念，两种称呼可以互换)：终端设备与网络建立了RRC连接，可以进行数据传输。RRC connected state (or, it can also be referred to as connected state. In this paper, "connected state" and "RRC connected state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device has established an RRC connection with the network, which can data transfer.
RRC空闲态(或，也可以简称为空闲态。在本文中，“空闲态”和“RRC空闲态”，是同一概念，两种称呼可以互换)：终端设备没有与网络建立RRC连接，基站没有存储该终端设备的上下文。如果终端设备需要从RRC空闲态进入RRC连接态，则需要发起RRC连接建立过程。RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state. In this paper, "idle state" and "RRC idle state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, the base station The context for this end device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
RRC非活跃态(或，也可称为RRC非激活态，或简称为非活跃态或非激活态。在本文中，“去活动态”、“非活跃态”、“去活跃态”、“去激活态”、“非激活态”、“RRC非激活态”或“RRC去激活态”等，是同一概念，这几种称呼可以互换)：终端设备之前在锚点基站进入了RRC连接态，然后锚点基站释放了该RRC连接，但是锚点基站保存了该终端设备的上下文。如果该终端设备需要从RRC非活跃态再次进入RRC连接态，则需要在当前驻留的基站发起RRC连接恢复过程(或者称为RRC连接重建立过程)。因为终端设备可能处于移动状态，因此终端设备当前驻留的基站与终端设备的锚点基站可能是同一基站，也可能是不同的基站。RRC恢复过程相对于RRC建立过程来说，时延更短，信令开销更小。 但是基站需要保存终端设备的上下文，会占用基站的存储开销。RRC inactive state (or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state. In this paper, "deactive state", "inactive state", "deactive state", " "Deactivated state", "inactive state", "RRC inactive state" or "RRC deactivated state", etc., are the same concept, and these terms can be interchanged): The terminal device entered the RRC connection at the anchor base station before. state, and then the anchor base station releases the RRC connection, but the anchor base station saves the context of the terminal device. If the terminal device needs to re-enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection recovery process (or referred to as an RRC connection re-establishment process) at the base station where it currently resides. Because the terminal device may be in a mobile state, the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the anchor base station of the terminal device may be the same base station, or may be different base stations. Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
5)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如，A/B，表示：A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。5) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. For example, A/B, means: A or B. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如，第一标识和第二标识，只是为了区分不同的标识，而并不是表示这两个标识的信息量大小、内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, and timing of multiple objects , priority or importance, etc. For example, the first identification and the second identification are only for distinguishing different identifications, but do not indicate the difference in the amount of information, content, priority or importance of the two identifications.
前文介绍了本申请实施例所涉及到的一些名词概念，下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。Some terms and concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced above, and the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
当终端设备处于RRC空闲态或者RRC非激活态时，由于网络可能会寻呼该终端设备，因此该终端设备需要监听寻呼。终端设备可以在该终端设备的PO上醒来监测寻呼下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)，或者说监听PDCCH，在除PO外的其他时间可休眠，从而减少终端设备的功耗。目前，在该寻呼DCI中包括2比特的字段，该字段可以指示该寻呼DCI包括调度信息，或包括短消息(short message)，或包括调度信息和短消息。其中，该调度信息用于调度寻呼消息，例如该调度信息包括寻呼消息的时频资源信息或调制编码信息等。短消息可以指示系统信息是否改变、地震和海啸警告系统(earthquake and tsunami warning system，ETWS)通知或商业移动警报服务(commercial mobile alert service，CMAS)通知等。例如可参考表1，为寻呼DCI所包括的这2比特字段的指示方式。When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, since the network may page the terminal device, the terminal device needs to monitor the paging. The terminal device can wake up on the PO of the terminal device to monitor and paging downlink control information (DCI), or monitor the PDCCH, and can sleep at other times except the PO, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. Currently, a 2-bit field is included in the paging DCI, and the field may indicate that the paging DCI includes scheduling information, a short message, or both scheduling information and a short message. The scheduling information is used for scheduling paging messages, for example, the scheduling information includes time-frequency resource information or modulation and coding information of the paging message. Short messages can indicate whether system information has changed, Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) notifications or Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) notifications, etc. For example, Table 1 may be referred to for an indication manner of the 2-bit field included in the paging DCI.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021106287-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021106287-appb-000001
终端设备检测到寻呼DCI后，可解码该寻呼DCI。如果该寻呼DCI包括寻呼消息的调度信息，则终端设备继续接收寻呼消息，如果该寻呼消息包含了该终端设备的标识，则该终端设备被寻呼，而如果该寻呼消息不包含该终端设备的标识，则该终端设备未被寻呼。如果该寻呼DCI不包括调度信息，只包括短消息，则该终端设备无需接收寻呼消息。After detecting the paging DCI, the terminal equipment can decode the paging DCI. If the paging DCI includes scheduling information of the paging message, the terminal device continues to receive the paging message, if the paging message contains the identification of the terminal device, the terminal device is paged, and if the paging message does not If the identification of the terminal device is included, the terminal device is not paged. If the paging DCI does not include scheduling information and only includes short messages, the terminal equipment does not need to receive paging messages.
终端设备在每个DRX周期监听一个PO。一个PO是一组PDCCH监听时机，可以包括多个子帧或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，且一个PO的PDCCH监听时机可以跨越多个无线帧。寻呼帧(paging frame，PF)是一个无线帧，一个PF可能包含一个或多个PO，或者包括一个或多个PO的时域起始点。一个PO可能从该PO关联的PF上开始，或者也可能在该PO关联的PF结束之后开始。例如，PO 1从该PO 1关联的PF 1上开始，PO 1有可能在PF 1上结束，或者，PO 1也可能跨越多个无线帧，PO 1不在PF 1上结束，而是在PF 1之后的无线帧上结束。The terminal device monitors one PO in each DRX cycle. One PO is a group of PDCCH listening opportunities, which may include multiple subframes or multiple orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, and the PDCCH listening opportunities of one PO may span multiple radio frames. A paging frame (paging frame, PF) is a radio frame, and a PF may contain one or more POs, or a time domain start point of one or more POs. A PO may start on the PF associated with the PO, or it may start after the PF associated with the PO has ended. For example, PO 1 starts on PF 1 associated with this PO 1, PO 1 may end on PF 1, or PO 1 may span multiple radio frames, PO 1 does not end on PF 1, but on PF 1 end on the following radio frame.
PO可以根据小区广播的参数、终端设备的DRX周期和终端设备的标识确定。例如，小区广播的参数包括如下的一项或多项：DRX周期/寻呼周期(paging cycle)/缺省寻呼周期(default paging cycle)，N，N s，或，PF_offset。其中，N代表DRX周期中PF的总数量，N s代表一个PF包括的PO的数量，PF_offset用于确定PF的偏移值。终端设备的标识可以是终端设备的国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number，IMSI)或5G-服务(serving，s)-临时移动用户识别码(5G s-temporary mobile subscription identifier，5G-S-TMSI)。 The PO can be determined according to the parameters broadcast by the cell, the DRX cycle of the terminal device and the identity of the terminal device. For example, the parameters broadcast by the cell include one or more of the following: DRX cycle/paging cycle/default paging cycle, N, N s , or PF_offset. Wherein, N for the total number of PF DRX cycle, the number of N s represents a PO PF included, PF_offset for determining the offset value of PF. The identification of the terminal device may be the international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI) of the terminal device or the 5G-serving (serving, s)-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G-s-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S). -TMSI).
目前标准协议中定义的终端设备的PF的计算公式如下：The formula for calculating the PF of a terminal device defined in the current standard protocol is as follows:
(SFN+PF_offset)mod T＝(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)          公式1(SFN+PF_offset)mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N) Formula 1
根据公式1确定的帧号为系统帧号(system frame number，SFN)的帧为PF。The frame whose frame number determined according to formula 1 is the system frame number (SFN) is PF.
目前标准协议中定义的终端设备的PO的计算公式如下：The calculation formula of the PO of the terminal device defined in the current standard protocol is as follows:
i_s＝floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns                 公式2i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns Equation 2
根据公式2确定的i_s表示PO的索引。i_s determined according to Equation 2 represents the index of the PO.
UE根据SFN和i_s可以确定PO。The UE can determine the PO according to the SFN and i_s.
在如上的两个公式中，T表示终端设备的DRX周期。具体的，T为终端设备的特定(specific)DRX周期和系统信息广播的默认DRX周期这两者中的最小值。N表示DRX周期中PF的总数量。N s表示一个PF包括的PO的数量。PF_offset用于确定PF的偏移值。UE_ID为(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)，mod表示取模运算。 In the above two formulas, T represents the DRX cycle of the terminal device. Specifically, T is the minimum value of the specific (specific) DRX cycle of the terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast. N represents the total number of PFs in the DRX cycle. N s represents the number of POs included in a PF. PF_offset is used to determine the offset value of PF. UE_ID is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024), and mod represents a modulo operation.
目前，终端设备除了可以直接与基站通信之外，还可以通过其他终端设备与基站通信。例如在public safety的场景下，中继终端设备可以作为远端终端设备的中继，使得远端终端设备能够通过中继终端设备与基站通信，这种技术称为UE2NW relay技术。At present, in addition to communicating with the base station directly, the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment. For example, in the scenario of public safety, the relay terminal device can act as the relay of the remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device. This technology is called UE2NW relay technology.
在这种技术下，远端终端设备可以通过中继终端设备接收来自网络的寻呼。具体的，中继终端设备除了监听中继终端设备的寻呼之外，还为远端终端设备监听寻呼，并将远端终端设备的寻呼发送给远端终端设备。Under this technology, the remote terminal equipment can receive pages from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
中继终端设备为了监听远端终端设备的寻呼，需要在远端终端设备的PO上监听，而中继终端设备与远端终端设备的PO可能是不同的。例如，当中继终端设备和远端终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值不同时，中继终端设备的PO和远端终端设备的PO不同。那么，中继终端设备需要在除了中继终端设备的PO之外的额外的时间内醒来监听远端终端设备的寻呼，这增加了中继终端设备的功耗。In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor the PO of the remote terminal device, and the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different. For example, when the values of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device are different, the PO of the relay terminal device and the PO of the remote terminal device are different. Then, the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in the extra time except the PO of the relay terminal device, which increases the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
在LTE系统中，终端设备的UE_ID为该终端设备的(IMSI mod 1024)，IMSI是国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity)，每个移动用户有唯一的IMSI。移动用户的IMSI是固定不变的。In the LTE system, the UE_ID of the terminal device is the (IMSI mod 1024) of the terminal device, the IMSI is the international mobile subscriber identity (international mobile subscriber identity), and each mobile user has a unique IMSI. The IMSI of a mobile user is fixed.
为了支持用户保密性的保护，5G系统支持向终端设备分配5G-全球唯一临时UE标识 (globally unique temporary UE identity，GUTI)。网络需要给终端设备分配新的5G-GUTI的情况包括：AMF收到来自终端设备的初始注册或移动注册更新或周期注册更新的注册请求消息时，AMF在向终端设备发送的注册完成消息中包含为该终端设备分配的新的5G-GUTI，或者，AMF也可以在向该终端设备发送的配置更新消息中包含新的5G-GUTI。例如，AMF收到终端设备的业务请求消息后，在向终端设备发送的配置更新消息中包含新的5G-GUTI。In order to support the protection of user confidentiality, the 5G system supports the allocation of 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI) to terminal equipment. The situation where the network needs to allocate a new 5G-GUTI to the terminal device includes: when the AMF receives the registration request message for the initial registration or mobile registration update or periodic registration update from the terminal device, the AMF sends the registration completion message to the terminal device. The new 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device, or the AMF may also include the new 5G-GUTI in the configuration update message sent to the terminal device. For example, after receiving the service request message from the terminal device, the AMF includes the new 5G-GUTI in the configuration update message sent to the terminal device.
5G-GUTI是由全球唯一AMF标识(globally unique AMF identifier，GUAMI)和5G-TMSI构成的。GUAMI用于标识分配5G-GUTI的AMF。GUAMI包括AMF集合ID(AMF set ID)和AMF指针(AMF pointer)。在分配5G-GUTI的AMF中，5G-TMSI用于唯一标识终端设备。5G-S-TMSI是5G-GUTI的缩短形式，5G-S-TMSI可以提高空口信令过程(如寻呼或业务请求)的效率。5G-S-TMSI是由AMF集合ID、AMF指针和5G-TMSI构成的。由于5G-S-TMSI是可变的，因此，可以通过改变终端设备的5G-S-TMSI来改变终端设备的PO。5G-GUTI is composed of globally unique AMF identifier (GUAMI) and 5G-TMSI. GUAMI is used to identify the AMF that allocates 5G-GUTI. GUAMI includes AMF set ID (AMF set ID) and AMF pointer (AMF pointer). In AMF that allocates 5G-GUTI, 5G-TMSI is used to uniquely identify terminal equipment. 5G-S-TMSI is a shortened form of 5G-GUTI, and 5G-S-TMSI can improve the efficiency of air interface signaling processes (such as paging or service requests). 5G-S-TMSI is composed of AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI. Since the 5G-S-TMSI is variable, the PO of the terminal device can be changed by changing the 5G-S-TMSI of the terminal device.
鉴于此，提供本申请实施例的技术方案。根据如上介绍可知，一个终端设备的PO，与该终端设备的标识有关，如果两个终端设备的标识不同，则这两个终端设备的PO就不同。因此在本申请实施例中，可以通过设置两个终端设备的标识，使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO相同，则第一终端设备在同样的PO上既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，无需在更多的时间内醒来监听寻呼，有助于减小第一终端设备的功耗；或者，可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上相近，则第一终端设备可以在较近的时间内监听第一终端设备的寻呼和第二终端设备的寻呼，例如在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后，第一终端设备可以不必进入休眠状态，而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态，由于两个终端设备的PO在时域上较为接近，因此第一终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗，可以小于休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗；或者，也可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，则在PO重叠的时域范围内，第一终端设备既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，相对于现有技术中第一终端设备完全在不同的PO内监听两个终端设备的寻呼，这种方式也能减小第一终端设备的功耗。In view of this, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are provided. According to the above description, the PO of a terminal device is related to the identifier of the terminal device. If the identifiers of the two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices are different. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same, and the first terminal device can monitor the first terminal device on the same PO. paging, it can also monitor the paging of the second terminal device, and it does not need to wake up for more time to monitor the paging, which helps to reduce the power consumption of the first terminal device; If the determined POs are similar in the time domain, the first terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device in a relatively short period of time, for example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices. After the call, the first terminal device does not need to enter the sleep state, but enters the sleep state after waiting for the paging monitoring of the other terminal device. Since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the first terminal device The power consumption caused by this waiting can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can partially or completely overlap in the time domain. , then within the time domain where PO overlaps, the first terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, which is completely different from the first terminal device in the prior art. The paging of the two terminal devices is monitored in the PO, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the first terminal device.
或者，如果一个终端设备是4G终端设备，另一个终端设备是5G终端设备，则用于确定4G终端设备的PO的UE_ID是该终端设备的(IMSI mod 1024)，IMSI不可变，则该终端设备的UE_ID不可变，PO也不可变。但是5G终端设备的UE_ID是可变的，因此通过为5G终端设备分配新的标识，也使得两个终端设备的PO满足如上所述的条件。Or, if one terminal device is a 4G terminal device and the other terminal device is a 5G terminal device, the UE_ID used to determine the PO of the 4G terminal device is that of the terminal device (IMSI mod 1024), and the IMSI is immutable, then the terminal device The UE_ID is immutable, and the PO is also immutable. However, the UE_ID of the 5G terminal device is variable, so by assigning a new identity to the 5G terminal device, the POs of the two terminal devices also meet the above conditions.
例如，用户现在可拥有很多种终端设备，例如手机、智能手表、智能手环或智能眼镜等，而目前除了手机之外，智能手表等设备也设置了拨打电话等功能，更方便用户的使用。例如可参考图1A，智能手表能够与手机建立连接，从而通过手机接入网络，这种场景可以认为手机为智能手表提供中继服务。在这种场景下，智能手表可以通过手机接打电话，例如，有呼叫智能手表的来电，或者，用户通过智能手表拨打电话时，智能手表不直接与网络通信，而是通过手机与网络通信，这样可以节省智能手表的功耗。然而一般来说，各个终端设备都需要监听寻呼。因此，即使智能手表的接打电话的功能都通过手机执行，但在一段时间后智能手表仍然会减少不少电量，即使智能手表处于RRC空闲态或RRC非活跃态，没有数据传输，但由于智能手表需要醒来监听PO，且许多监听是无用功，会导致智 能手表消耗多余的功耗，电量减少更快，续航能力变差。而如果采用本申请实施例的技术方案，智能手表可通过手机监听寻呼，或者说手机可以为智能手表监听寻呼，从而智能手表无需在PO内醒来直接从网络监听寻呼，从而可以有效节省智能手表的功耗。For example, users can now own many kinds of terminal devices, such as mobile phones, smart watches, smart bracelets or smart glasses, etc. Currently, in addition to mobile phones, smart watches and other devices are also equipped with functions such as making calls, which is more convenient for users to use. For example, referring to FIG. 1A , the smart watch can establish a connection with the mobile phone, so as to access the network through the mobile phone. In this scenario, it can be considered that the mobile phone provides a relay service for the smart watch. In this scenario, the smart watch can make calls through the mobile phone, for example, there is an incoming call to the smart watch, or when the user makes a call through the smart watch, the smart watch does not communicate with the network directly, but communicates with the network through the mobile phone, This saves the power consumption of the smartwatch. In general, however, each terminal device needs to monitor paging. Therefore, even if the function of making and receiving calls of the smart watch is performed through the mobile phone, the smart watch will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time, even if the smart watch is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no data transmission, but due to the smart watch The watch needs to wake up to monitor the PO, and many monitors are useless, which will cause the smart watch to consume excess power consumption, reduce the power faster, and deteriorate the battery life. However, if the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is adopted, the smart watch can monitor the paging through the mobile phone, or the mobile phone can monitor the paging for the smart watch, so that the smart watch does not need to wake up in the PO and directly monitors the paging from the network, so that it can effectively monitor the paging. Save the power consumption of your smart watch.
又例如，手机的电池容量也较小，也无法使用较长时间，特别是现在的智能手机，可能一天内需要充电一到两次，也较为麻烦。但车辆的电量一般是较为充足的，因此，手机也能够与车辆建立连接(例如与车辆中的车载单元(on board unit，OBU)建立连接，或者与车辆本身建立连接等)，从而通过车辆接入网络，这种场景可以认为车辆为手机提供中继服务，对此可参考图1B。在这种场景下，手机可以通过车辆接打电话，例如，有呼叫手机的来电，或者，用户通过手机拨打电话时，手机不直接与网络通信，而是通过车辆与网络通信，这样可以节省车辆的功耗。一般来说，各个终端设备都需要监听寻呼。因此，即使手机的接打电话的功能都通过车辆执行，但在一段时间后手机仍然会减少不少电量，即使手机处于RRC空闲态或RRC非活跃态，没有数据传输，但由于手机需要醒来监听PO，且许多监听是无用功，会导致手机消耗多余的功耗，电量减少更快，续航能力变差。而如果采用本申请实施例的技术方案，手机可通过车辆监听寻呼，或者说车辆可以为手机监听寻呼，从而手机无需在PO内醒来直接从网络监听寻呼，从而可以有效节省手机的功耗。For another example, the battery capacity of the mobile phone is also small, and it cannot be used for a long time, especially the current smart phone may need to be charged once or twice a day, which is also more troublesome. However, the power of the vehicle is generally sufficient. Therefore, the mobile phone can also establish a connection with the vehicle (for example, establish a connection with the on-board unit (OBU) in the vehicle, or establish a connection with the vehicle itself, etc.), so as to connect to the vehicle through the vehicle. In this scenario, it can be considered that the vehicle provides a relay service for the mobile phone, please refer to Figure 1B for this. In this scenario, the mobile phone can make calls through the vehicle, for example, there is an incoming call to the mobile phone, or when the user makes a call through the mobile phone, the mobile phone does not communicate with the network directly, but communicates with the network through the vehicle, which can save the vehicle power consumption. Generally speaking, each terminal device needs to monitor paging. Therefore, even if the mobile phone's functions of making and receiving calls are performed through the vehicle, the mobile phone will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time. Even if the mobile phone is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no data transmission. Monitoring PO, and many monitoring is useless, will cause the mobile phone to consume excess power consumption, the power will decrease faster, and the battery life will deteriorate. However, if the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is adopted, the mobile phone can monitor the paging through the vehicle, or the vehicle can monitor the paging for the mobile phone, so that the mobile phone does not need to wake up in the PO and can directly monitor the paging from the network, thereby effectively saving the mobile phone's power consumption.
在本申请的各个实施例中，一个终端设备为另一个终端设备监听寻呼，例如包括为该终端设备监听寻呼DCI，或为该终端设备监听寻呼DCI和寻呼消息。例如，第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，可以包括第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼DCI，或者，包括第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼DCI和寻呼消息。另外，在本申请的各个实施例中，“第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼”，这种描述等价于“第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼”。同理，“第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼”，这种描述等价于“第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼”。In various embodiments of the present application, a terminal device monitoring paging for another terminal device includes, for example, monitoring paging DCI for the terminal device, or monitoring paging DCI and paging messages for the terminal device. For example, the first terminal device monitoring paging for the second terminal device may include the first terminal device monitoring paging DCI for the second terminal device, or the first terminal device monitoring paging DCI and paging for the second terminal device information. In addition, in various embodiments of the present application, "the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device", this description is equivalent to "the second terminal device monitors the paging through the first terminal device". Similarly, "the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device", this description is equivalent to "the first terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device".
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation，4G)系统中，例如LTE系统，或可以应用于5G系统中，例如NR系统，或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统，具体的不做限制。另外本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)场景，例如NR-D2D场景或sidelink通信场景等，或者可以应用于非直连通信场景，例如UE2NW Relay场景、UE2UE Relay场景等，或者可以应用于车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)场景，例如NR-V2X场景等，例如可应用于车联网，例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)、车与人(vehicle-to-pedestrian，V2P)、行人到一切(pedestrian to everything，P2X)等，或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as an LTE system, or can be applied to a 5G system, such as an NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation The mobile communication system or other similar communication systems are not specifically limited. In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to device-to-device (D2D) scenarios, such as NR-D2D scenarios or sidelink communication scenarios, or can be applied to non-direct communication scenarios, such as UE2NW Relay scene, UE2UE Relay scene, etc., or can be applied to vehicle to everything (V2X) scene, such as NR-V2X scene, etc., such as the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle-to-vehicle, V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), pedestrian to everything (P2X), etc., or can be used in areas such as intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles.
可参考图1C，为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图。图1C包括终端设备1、终端设备2、接入网设备以及核心网设备。该接入网设备是终端设备1接入的接入网设备，核心网设备是服务于终端设备1和终端设备2的核心网设备，终端设备1是中继终端设备，终端设备2是远端终端设备，或者说，终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务。对于终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务可以理解为，终端设备2发送给该接入网设备的信息，通过终端设备1转发给该接入网设备，该接入网设备发送给终端设备2的信息，也通过终端设备1转发给终端设备2。例如，终端设备2未处于接入网设备的覆盖范围内，或者终端设备2处于接入网设备的覆盖边缘，或者终端设备2处于接入网信号质量较差，或终端设备2不能够被接入网设备直接服务，或终端设备2未设置Uu口，或者终端设备2处于 节能模式，或者终端设备2电量较低，等等。Referring to FIG. 1C , it is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 1C includes a terminal device 1, a terminal device 2, an access network device, and a core network device. The access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by terminal equipment 1, the core network equipment is the core network equipment serving terminal equipment 1 and terminal equipment 2, terminal equipment 1 is the relay terminal equipment, and terminal equipment 2 is the remote terminal equipment. The terminal device, or in other words, the terminal device 1 provides a relay service for the terminal device 2 . For the terminal device 1 to provide the relay service for the terminal device 2, it can be understood that the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device. The information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1. For example, the terminal device 2 is not within the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is at the edge of the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is in the access network with poor signal quality, or the terminal device 2 cannot be connected The network access device directly serves, or the terminal device 2 does not set a Uu port, or the terminal device 2 is in an energy-saving mode, or the power of the terminal device 2 is low, and so on.
可参考图1D，为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景示意图。图1D包括终端设备1、终端设备2、接入网设备、核心网设备1以及核心网设备2。该接入网设备是终端设备1接入的接入网设备，核心网设备1是服务于终端设备1的核心网设备，核心网设备2是服务于终端设备2的核心网设备，终端设备1是中继终端设备，终端设备2是远端终端设备，或者说，终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务。对于终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务可以理解为，终端设备2发送给该接入网设备的信息，通过终端设备1转发给该接入网设备，该接入网设备发送给终端设备2的信息，也通过终端设备1转发给终端设备2。例如，终端设备2未处于接入网设备的覆盖范围内，或者终端设备2处于接入网设备的覆盖边缘，或者终端设备2处于接入网信号质量较差，或终端设备2不能够被接入网设备直接服务，或终端设备2未设置Uu口，或者终端设备2处于节能模式，或者终端设备2电量较低，等等。Referring to FIG. 1D , it is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application. FIG. 1D includes a terminal device 1 , a terminal device 2 , an access network device, a core network device 1 , and a core network device 2 . The access network device is the access network device accessed by the terminal device 1, the core network device 1 is the core network device serving the terminal device 1, the core network device 2 is the core network device serving the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 1 is a relay terminal device, and terminal device 2 is a remote terminal device. In other words, terminal device 1 provides relay service for terminal device 2. For the terminal device 1 to provide the relay service for the terminal device 2, it can be understood that the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device. The information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1. For example, the terminal device 2 is not within the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is at the edge of the coverage of the access network device, or the terminal device 2 is in the access network with poor signal quality, or the terminal device 2 cannot be connected The network access device directly serves, or the terminal device 2 does not set a Uu port, or the terminal device 2 is in an energy-saving mode, or the power of the terminal device 2 is low, and so on.
图1C或图1D中的接入网设备例如为基站。其中，接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备，例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB，在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备，例如gNB。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中，因此图1C或图1D中的接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的网络设备。图1C或图1D以接入网设备是基站为例，实际上参考前文的介绍，接入网设备还可以是RSU等设备。另外，图1C或图1D中的核心网例如为AMF，或者也可以是其他的核心网设备。The access network device in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D is, for example, a base station. The access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as a gNB. Of course, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the access network devices in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D can also correspond to network devices in future mobile communication systems. FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D take the access network device being a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the foregoing introduction, the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU. In addition, the core network in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other core network devices.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例所提供的方法。需要注意的是，本申请的各个实施例中，凡是涉及到终端设备与核心网设备之间的信息交互，都可以通过接入网设备从中转发，只是因为本申请实施例的方案不涉及接入网设备，因此在下文未提及。The methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the various embodiments of this application, any information exchange involving the terminal equipment and the core network equipment can be forwarded from the access network equipment, just because the solutions of the embodiments of this application do not involve access network equipment, so it is not mentioned below.
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法，请参见图2，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图1C或图1D所示的网络架构为例。An embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method. Please refer to FIG. 2 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备，第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备。第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备，或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device. The first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
如果将本申请实施例应用在图1C所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备。如果将本申请实施例应用于这种场景，则下文所介绍的两个核心网设备之间的信息交互过程就无需执行。If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following The second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . The core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG. 1C The terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C . The core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to such a scenario, the information exchange process between the two core network devices described below does not need to be performed.
或者，如果将本申请实施例应用在图1D所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第 二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。Alternatively, if the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . , the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D The core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S201、第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第九标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第九标识。S201. The second terminal device sends a ninth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the ninth identifier from the second terminal device.
第九标识是第二终端设备当前的标识，例如第九标识可以是第二终端设备的订阅隐藏标识符(subscription concealed identifier，SUCI)、订阅永久标识符(subscription permanent identifier，SUPI)、IMSI、5G-全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity，GUTI)、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。关于N、N s以及UE_ID等特征的介绍，可参考前文。其中，*表示相乘，也可以写为×，例如，N*N s也可以表示为N×N s。每个在5G系统中的终端设备/签约设备都会被分配一个全局唯一的SUPI。SUCI是一个包含隐藏的SUPI的隐私保护标识。第二终端设备例如可通过PC5-RRC消息将第九标识发送给第一终端设备，或者通过发现(discovery)消息将第九标识发送给第一终端设备，或者也可以通过PC5-信号(signaling，S)消息将第九标识发送给第一终端设备。其中，discovery消息用于第二终端设备和第一终端设备的发现过程，例如第二终端设备通过discovery消息发现第一终端设备。 The ninth identifier is the current identifier of the second terminal device, for example, the ninth identifier may be a subscription concealed identifier (SUCI) of the second terminal device, a subscription permanent identifier (SUPI), IMSI, 5G - Any one of globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI), 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ). For the introduction of features such as N, N s, and UE_ID, please refer to the previous section. Among them, * means multiplication, and can also be written as ×, for example, N*N s can also be expressed as N×N s . Each terminal device/subscription device in the 5G system will be assigned a globally unique SUPI. SUCI is a privacy-preserving logo that contains hidden SUPI. For example, the second terminal device can send the ninth identifier to the first terminal device through a PC5-RRC message, or send the ninth identifier to the first terminal device through a discovery (discovery) message, or can also use PC5-signaling (signaling, The S) message sends the ninth identification to the first terminal device. The discovery message is used for the discovery process of the second terminal device and the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device discovers the first terminal device through the discovery message.
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第九标识是UE_ID mod N，则第二终端设备还可以向第一终端设备发送N的取值，或发送log 2N；或者，如果第九标识是UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则第二终端设备还可以向第一终端设备发送(N*N s)的取值，或发送log 2(N*N s)。 As an optional implementation manner, if the ninth identifier is UE_ID mod N, the second terminal device may also send the value of N to the first terminal device, or send log 2 N; or, if the ninth identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the second terminal device may also send the value of (N*N s ) to the first terminal device, or send log 2 (N*N s ).
S202、第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。第一标识可用于确定第一终端设备的新的标识。S202. The first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device. The first identification can be used to determine a new identification of the first terminal device.
例如，第一标识可以是第二终端设备的标识，例如第一标识是根据第九标识得到的；或者，第一标识也可以是第一终端设备当前的标识。第一终端设备例如通过非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)消息将第一标识发送给第一核心网设备，该NAS消息例如可复用目前已有的消息，例如第一终端设备的注册请求(registeration request)消息，或者第一终端设备用于请求业务的消息等，或者，该NAS消息也可以是本申请实施例新增的专用于发送第一标识的消息等。For example, the first identification may be the identification of the second terminal device, for example, the first identification is obtained according to the ninth identification; or, the first identification may also be the current identification of the first terminal device. For example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first core network device through a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message. A registration request (registeration request) message, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or the like, or the NAS message may also be a newly added message in the embodiment of the present application that is dedicated to sending the first identifier, or the like.
例如，第一标识可以是SUCI、SUPI、IMSI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，且第一标识是根据第九标识得到的，那么例如，一种根据第九标识得到第一标识的方式为，第一标识和第九标识为同一标识，例如第一标识和第九标识都是SUCI，或都是5G-GUTI，或都是UE_ID mod N，这样第一终端设备只需将第九标识转发给第一核心网设备即可，无需做其他处理，简化了第一终端设备的操作。又例如，另一种根据第九标识得到第一标识的方式为，第一标识和第九标识是不同的标识，但第一标识是根据第九标识确定的。例如，第九标识为第二终端设备的5G-GUTI，而第一标识可以是第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI。可 见，如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，则第一标识和第九标识可以相同也可以不同，较为灵活。 For example, the first identifier may be any one of SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ). If the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, and the first identification is obtained according to the ninth identification, for example, a way to obtain the first identification according to the ninth identification is that the first identification and the ninth identification are the same Identification, for example, both the first identification and the ninth identification are SUCI, or both are 5G-GUTI, or both are UE_ID mod N, so that the first terminal device only needs to forward the ninth identification to the first core network device, without the need for Do other processing to simplify the operation of the first terminal device. For another example, another way of obtaining the first identification according to the ninth identification is that the first identification and the ninth identification are different identifications, but the first identification is determined according to the ninth identification. For example, the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device, and the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device. It can be seen that if the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, the first identifier and the ninth identifier may be the same or different, which is more flexible.
例如，第九标识为第二终端设备的5G-GUTI，而第一标识是第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI，那么，根据第一标识确定第九标识的一种方式为，可以根据该5G-GUTI中包含的AMF集合ID、AMF指针和5G-TMSI来确定该5G-S-TMSI。For example, if the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device, and the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, then, one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is, according to the The AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI contained in the 5G-GUTI are used to determine the 5G-S-TMSI.
又例如，第九标识为第二终端设备的5G-GUTI，第一标识是第二终端设备的UE_ID，那么，根据第一标识确定第九标识的一种方式为，可以根据该5G-GUTI中包含的AMF集合ID、AMF指针和5G-TMSI，来确定第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI，从而确定第二终端设备的UE_ID为(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)。或者，也可以根据该5G-GUTI中包含的5G-TMSI，确定第二终端设备的UE_ID为(5G-TMSI mod 1024)。或者，还可以根据该5G-GUTI确定第二终端设备的UE_ID为(5G-GUTI mod 1024)。For another example, if the ninth identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the second terminal device, and the first identifier is the UE_ID of the second terminal device, then, one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is as follows: The included AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI are used to determine the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, thereby determining that the UE_ID of the second terminal device is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024). Alternatively, the UE_ID of the second terminal device may also be determined to be (5G-TMSI mod 1024) according to the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-GUTI. Alternatively, the UE_ID of the second terminal device may also be determined to be (5G-GUTI mod 1024) according to the 5G-GUTI.
再例如，第九标识为第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI，第一标识是第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N，那么，根据第一标识确定第九标识的一种方式为，可以确定第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)为(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)mod N，或者为(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024*N)。或者，也可以根据该5G-S-TMSI确定5G-TMSI，从而确定第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)为(5G-TMSI mod 1024)mod N。For another example, the ninth identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, and the first identifier is the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device, then, one way to determine the ninth identifier according to the first identifier is that the first identifier can be determined. The (UE_ID mod N) of the two terminal equipment is (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) mod N, or (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024*N). Alternatively, the 5G-TMSI can also be determined according to the 5G-S-TMSI, thereby determining that the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device is (5G-TMSI mod 1024) mod N.
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第一标识是UE_ID mod N，则第一终端设备还可以向第一核心网设备发送N的取值，或发送log 2N；或者，如果第一标识是UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则第一终端设备还可以向第一核心网设备发送(N*N s)的取值，或发送log 2(N*N s)。 As an optional implementation manner, if the first identifier is UE_ID mod N, the first terminal device may also send the value of N to the first core network device, or send log 2 N; or, if the first identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the first terminal device may also send the value of (N*N s ) to the first core network device, or send log 2 (N*N s ).
另外，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，例如第二终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备1，第一终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备2，那么作为一种可选的实施方式，第一终端设备还可以向第一核心网设备发送第一消息，第一核心网设备可接收来自第一终端设备的第一消息，第一消息可以指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。例如，第一消息可以是本申请实施例新增的消息，专用于指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，例如第一消息为NAS消息；或者，第一消息也可以复用目前已有的消息，例如第一消息可以是第一终端设备的注册请求消息，或者是第一终端设备用于请求业务的消息，或者也可以是指示第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信(或者说，指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务)的消息等。其中，如果第一消息为本申请实施例新增的消息，或为第一终端设备的注册请求消息，或为第一终端设备用于请求业务的消息，可选的，第一消息可以包括第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。或者，如果第一消息为指示第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信的消息，则第一消息可以包括所述的第一信息，或者，第一消息也可以不包括第一信息，即，第一消息指示第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信，也就认为默认指示了第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，这是隐式指示方式，这种方式有助于减小第一消息的信息量。In addition, if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D , and the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D . the terminal device 2 in the scenario, then as an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may also send a first message to the first core network device, and the first core network device may receive the first message, the first message may indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. For example, the first message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, for example, the first message is a NAS message; or, the first message may also be multiplexed Currently existing messages, for example, the first message may be a registration request message of the first terminal device, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, or may also be an instruction that the first terminal device communicates with the network through the second terminal device Communication (or in other words, messages instructing the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device), etc. Wherein, if the first message is a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, or a registration request message of the first terminal device, or a message used by the first terminal device to request a service, optionally, the first message may include the first message. A piece of information, where the first information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. Alternatively, if the first message is a message indicating that the first terminal device communicates with the network through the second terminal device, the first message may include the first information, or the first message may not include the first information, that is, , the first message instructs the first terminal device to communicate with the network through the second terminal device, which means that the default instructs the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device. This is an implicit indication method, which helps to reduce the amount of information in the first message.
例如，第一消息除了可以指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼外，还可以包括第一标识，则第一终端设备无需向第一核心网设备发送过多的消息，以节省信令开销。或者，第一消息不包括第一标识，第一消息和第一标识是分别发送的。如果是这种情况，则第一终端设备可以先发送第一消息后发送第一标识，或者可以先发送第一标识后发送第一消息，或者也可以同时发送第一消息和第一标识。通过专门的消息指示第一终端设 备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，可以使得指示更为明确。For example, in addition to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, the first message may also include the first identifier, so the first terminal device does not need to send too many messages to the first core network device to save Signaling overhead. Alternatively, the first message does not include the first identifier, and the first message and the first identifier are sent separately. If this is the case, the first terminal device may send the first message first and then the first identification, or may first transmit the first identification and then the first message, or may simultaneously transmit the first message and the first identification. Using a special message to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device can make the indication more explicit.
或者，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，例如第二终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备1，第一终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备2，作为另一种可选的实施方式，第一终端设备也可以不向第一核心网设备发送第一消息，只需向第一核心网设备发送第一标识即可，第一标识还可以指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。这也是隐式指示的方式，这样可以减少信令的数量，节省信令开销。Or, if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D , and the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D . For the terminal device 2 in the scenario, as another optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but only needs to send the first identifier to the first core network device. , the first identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
而如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务，则第一终端设备也可以向第一核心网设备发送第一消息，以指示第二终端设备请求通过第一终端设备监听寻呼；或者，第一终端设备也可以不向第一核心网设备发送第一消息，而是通过隐式指示的方式指示第二终端设备请求通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，这部分内容与上述的实现方式是类似的。And if the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, the first terminal device may also send a first message to the first core network device to instruct the second terminal device to request to monitor paging through the first terminal device; Alternatively, the first terminal device may not send the first message to the first core network device, but instruct the second terminal device to request to monitor the paging through the first terminal device by means of an implicit indication. This part of the content is the same as the above implementation. The way is similar.
S203、第一核心网设备根据第一标识，确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。S203. The first core network device determines, according to the first identifier, the identifier of the first terminal device as the second identifier.
例如，第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，第一核心网设备可以根据第一核心网设备的相应策略，确定是否允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，如果第一核心网设备确定允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，则可执行S203，或者，如果第一核心网设备不允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，第一核心网设备可不执行S203，流程结束，或者，如果第一核心网设备不允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，可不执行S203但继续执行S204；又例如，第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务，第一核心网设备可以根据第一核心网设备的相应策略，确定是否允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，如果第一核心网设备确定允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，则可执行S203，或者，如果第一核心网设备不允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，第一核心网设备可不执行S203，流程结束，或者，如果第一核心网设备不允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，可不执行S203但继续执行S204。或者，第一核心网设备也可以不执行该确定步骤，而是在执行完S202后就执行S203。For example, the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, and the first core network device may determine whether to allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, and if the first terminal device A core network device determines that the second terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, and S203 may be executed, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, the first core network device The network device may not perform S203, and the process ends, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, it may not perform S203 but continue to perform S204; for another example, the first terminal device is the second terminal device. The terminal device provides relay services, and the first core network device can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, and if the first core network device determines to allow the second terminal If the device monitors the paging through the first terminal device, S203 may be executed, or, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device, the first core network device may not execute S203, and the process ends, Alternatively, if the first core network device does not allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, S203 may not be performed but S204 may continue to be performed. Alternatively, the first core network device may not perform the determining step, but perform S203 after performing S202.
如果第一标识是第一终端设备的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以查询确定与第一终端设备具有关联关系的第二终端设备，例如第一核心网设备可以通过查询第一终端设备的签约数据来确定与第一终端设备具有关联关系的第二终端设备，从而确定第二终端设备的标识，例如所确定的第二终端设备的标识为第三标识，第一核心网设备可根据第三标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。其中，第三标识可以是所述的第九标识，或者也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识。这里的关联关系例如是指中继关系，可以是第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，或者也可以是第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务。或者说，第三标识为与第一终端设备具有中继关系的第二终端设备的标识，可以理解为：如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，则第三标识是为第一终端设备提供中继服务的第二终端设备的标识；或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务，则第三标识是第一终端设备为其提供中继服务的第二终端设备的标识。If the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, the first core network device may query and determine the second terminal device that is associated with the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may query the subscription of the first terminal device by querying data to determine the second terminal device that has an associated relationship with the first terminal device, so as to determine the identity of the second terminal device. For example, the determined identity of the second terminal device is the third The identification determines that the identification of the first terminal device is the second identification. Wherein, the third identifier may be the ninth identifier, or may also be other identifiers of the second terminal device. The association relationship here refers to, for example, a relay relationship, which may be that the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, or may also be that the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device. In other words, the third identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device that has a relay relationship with the first terminal device, which can be understood as: if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, the third identifier is the first terminal device. The identifier of the second terminal device for which a terminal device provides relay services; or, if the first terminal device provides relay services for the second terminal device, the third identifier is the second terminal device for which the first terminal device provides relay services. The identification of the terminal device.
或者，如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以根据第一标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。例如，第一标识为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个，则第一核心网设备可以根据第一标识为第一终端设备确定第二标识。 Alternatively, if the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, the first core network device may determine that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier according to the first identifier. For example, if the first identifier is any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the first core network device can The identification determines the second identification for the first terminal device.
或者，如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，第一核心网设备也可以将第一标识先进 行转换，即，第一核心网设备根据第一标识确定第三标识，再根据第三标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。在这种情况下，第三标识依然是第二终端设备的标识，例如第三标识可以是所述的第九标识，或者也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识。例如，第一标识为SUCI、SUPI或IMSI等，这样的标识可能无法直接参与计算终端设备的PO，因此第一核心网设备可以根据第一标识确定第三标识，第三标识例如为5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。第三标识能够参与计算终端设备的PO，因此第一核心网设备能够根据第三标识确定第二终端设备的PO，从而可以根据第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO之间需要满足的关系确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识。或者，第一核心网设备也能够直接根据第三标识确定第一终端设备的标识为第二标识，而无需通过PO再确定第二标识。关于两个终端设备的PO之间需要满足的关系，将在下一段落介绍。 Alternatively, if the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, the first core network device may also convert the first identification first, that is, the first core network device determines the third identification according to the first identification, and then determines the third identification according to the third identification. It is determined that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier. In this case, the third identifier is still the identifier of the second terminal device, for example, the third identifier may be the ninth identifier described above, or may also be other identifiers of the second terminal device. For example, the first identifier is SUCI, SUPI or IMSI, etc. Such an identifier may not be able to directly participate in the PO of the computing terminal device, so the first core network device can determine the third identifier according to the first identifier, and the third identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI , 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or any one of UE_ID mod(N*N s ). The third identifier can participate in the calculation of the PO of the terminal device, so the first core network device can determine the PO of the second terminal device according to the third identifier, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can meet the requirements between the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device. The relationship determines that the identifier of the first terminal device is the second identifier. Alternatively, the first core network device can also directly determine the identifier of the first terminal device as the second identifier according to the third identifier, without re-determining the second identifier through the PO. The relationship that needs to be satisfied between the POs of the two terminal devices will be introduced in the next paragraph.
第一核心网设备确定为第一终端设备为第二标识的目的，是要使得第二标识对应的PO(例如，根据第二标识确定的PO)与第二终端设备的PO相同，或，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，如上三条就是在本申请实施例中两个终端设备的PO之间需要满足的三种关系，只需满足其中的任意一种即可，当然也可以同时满足以上的任意两种或三种。第二终端设备的PO例如可根据第九标识确定，或者，如果第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，则也可以根据第一标识确定，或者也可以根据第二终端设备的其他的标识确定。例如第一终端设备为远端终端设备，第二终端设备为中继终端设备，如果第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO相同，则第二终端设备在同样的PO上既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，无需在更多的时间内醒来监听寻呼，有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗；或者，如果第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，就表明根据这两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO的时域距离较小，则第二终端设备可以在较近的时间内监听第一终端设备的寻呼和第二终端设备的寻呼，例如在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后，第二终端设备可以不必进入休眠状态，而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态，第二终端设备只需醒来一次，由于两个终端设备的PO在时域上较为接近，因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗，可以小于休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗；或者，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，则在PO重叠的时域范围内，第二终端设备既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，相对于现有技术中的中继终端设备完全在不同的PO内监听两个终端设备的寻呼，这种方式也能减小中继终端设备的功耗。The purpose of the first core network device determining that the first terminal device is the second identifier is to make the PO corresponding to the second identifier (for example, the PO determined according to the second identifier) the same as the PO of the second terminal device, or, the first The time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain, The above three items are the three relationships that need to be satisfied between the POs of the two terminal devices in the embodiment of the present application, and only any one of them needs to be satisfied, and of course, any two or three of the above can also be satisfied at the same time. For example, the PO of the second terminal device may be determined according to the ninth identification, or, if the first identification is the identification of the second terminal device, it may also be determined according to the first identification, or may also be determined according to other identifications of the second terminal device . For example, the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, and the second terminal device is a relay terminal device. If the PO corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the PO of the second terminal device, the second terminal device can monitor the same PO on the same PO. The paging of the first terminal device can also monitor the paging of the second terminal device, so that there is no need to wake up for more time to monitor the paging, which helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; If the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the identification and the PO of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, it means that the time domain distance of the PO determined according to the identifications of the two terminal devices is small, then the second terminal device The paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device can be monitored in a relatively short period of time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices, the second terminal device does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits. The other terminal device enters the sleep state after the paging monitoring is completed, and the second terminal device only needs to wake up once. Since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the waiting of the second terminal The power consumption can be less than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; or, the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device overlap partially or completely in the time domain, then when the PO overlaps Within the domain range, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device. Compared with the relay terminal device in the prior art, the two terminal devices are completely monitored in different POs. The paging of the terminal equipment can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal equipment.
第一阈值的单位例如为无线帧、子帧、时隙、或T/N等。The unit of the first threshold is, for example, a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, or a T/N.
作为一种可选的实施方式，第一阈值可以由第二终端设备确定。As an optional implementation manner, the first threshold may be determined by the second terminal device.
例如，第二终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可向第一终端设备发送第一阈值，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送第一阈值。For example, after determining the first threshold, the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the first threshold to the first core network device.
或者，第二终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可向第一终端设备发送第一阈值，第一终端设备根据第一阈值，可确定第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值。第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送所确定的阈值，所确定的阈值即为第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值。Alternatively, after determining the first threshold, the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold according to the first threshold . The first terminal device sends the determined threshold to the first core network device, and the determined threshold is the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold.
或者，第二终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可向第一终端设备发送第一阈值，第一终端设备根据第一阈值，可以确定一个标识范围(例如，第一终端设备可以根据第一阈值，确定第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值，再根据所确定的阈值确定该标识范围)，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送该标识范围。该标识范围可以是5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)所属的范围。 Alternatively, after determining the first threshold, the second terminal device may send the first threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold (for example, the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold , determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold, and then determine the identification range according to the determined threshold), and the first terminal device sends the identification range to the first core network device. The identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
作为另一种可选的实施方式，第一阈值也可以由第一核心网设备确定。As another optional implementation manner, the first threshold may also be determined by the first core network device.
作为又一种可选的实施方式，第一阈值也可以由第一终端设备确定。As another optional implementation manner, the first threshold may also be determined by the first terminal device.
例如，第一终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可以向第一核心网设备发送第一阈值。For example, after determining the first threshold, the first terminal device may send the first threshold to the first core network device.
或者，第一终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可根据第一阈值，确定第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值。第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送所确定的阈值，所确定的阈值即为第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值。Alternatively, after determining the first threshold, the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold according to the first threshold. The first terminal device sends the determined threshold to the first core network device, and the determined threshold is the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold.
或者，第一终端设备在确定第一阈值后，可根据第一阈值，确定一个标识范围(例如，第一终端设备可以根据第一阈值，确定第二阈值、第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值，再根据所确定的阈值确定该标识范围)，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送该标识范围。该标识范围可以是5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)所属的范围。 Alternatively, after determining the first threshold, the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the first threshold (for example, the first terminal device may determine the second threshold, the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the first threshold according to the first threshold five thresholds, and then determine the identification range according to the determined threshold), and the first terminal device sends the identification range to the first core network device. The identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
或者，如上的三种关系也可以理解为，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的对应的UE_ID相同，或，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同，或，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同，或，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相近(例如，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第二阈值)，或，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)相近(例如，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第三阈值)，或，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))(例如，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第四阈值)，或，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同，且第二标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)相近(例如，第二标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第五阈值)。如上的PO之间的三种关系，是本申请实施例中第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO需要满足的关系，这里的标识之间的七种关系，是本申请实施例中第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识需要满足的关系，PO之间的关系和标识之间的关系，可以认为是一致的。例如，两个终端设备的标识如果满足了标识之间的关系中的任一种，这两个终端设备的PO就能满足PO之间的关系中的一种或多种；或者，两个终端设备的PO如果满足了PO之间的关系中的任一种，这两个终端设备的标识就能满足标识之间的关系中的一种或多种。因此，如上的PO之间的三种关系，与如上的标识之间的七种关系，这两者可以彼此替换。例如，可以认为本申请实施例的技术方案是要使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO满足PO之间的三种关系，或者，也可以认为本申请实施例的技术方案是要使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识满足标识之间的七种关系。 Alternatively, the above three relationships can also be understood as making the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal equipment, or making the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal equipment the same, or that UE_ID mod (N * N s) corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal of the same device, or such that the second identifier corresponding to the second terminal device UE_ID UE_ID close (for example, making the difference (or, interval) between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device less than or equal to the second threshold), or, making the (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier equal to The (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device are similar (for example, so that the difference (or, the interval) between the (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier and the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first three threshold), or that the (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) and the second terminal of the second device corresponding to the identifier of the (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) ( e.g., such that the second identifier corresponding to the (UE_ID mod (N*N s )) and (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) of the second terminal device (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) The difference (or, the interval) is less than or equal to the fourth threshold), or, so that the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier N UE_ID mod mod N identical with the second terminal device, and a second identifier corresponding to the (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s) and the second terminal device (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s) close (e.g. , the difference (or, interval) between (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold ). The above three relationships between POs are the relationships that need to be satisfied by the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the seven relationships between the identifiers here are the ones in the embodiment of this application The relationship that needs to be satisfied between the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device, the relationship between POs and the relationship between the identifications, may be considered to be consistent. For example, if the identities of two terminal devices satisfy any one of the relationships between the identities, the POs of the two terminal devices can satisfy one or more of the relationships between the POs; or, the two terminals If the PO of the device satisfies any one of the relationships between the POs, the identities of the two terminal devices can satisfy one or more of the relationships between the identities. Therefore, the three relationships between the POs as above, and the seven relationships between the logos as above, the two can be substituted for each other. For example, it can be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy three relationships between POs, or, it can also be considered that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are to The identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy seven relationships between the identifications.
其中，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，可以有不同的情况。例如一种情况为，第二标识对应的PO和第二终端设备的PO所跨越的无线帧的个数不同，但起始时间相同，这样这两个PO是在时域上部分重叠，例如第二标识对应的PO跨越连续的3个无线帧，第二终端设备的PO跨越连续的2个无线帧，则这两个PO在第二终端设备的PO的时域范围内重叠，而在第3个无线帧上不重叠。又例如，另一种情况为，第二标识对应的PO和第二终端设备的PO所跨越的无线帧的个数相同，但起始时间不同，这样这两个PO是在时域上部分重叠，例如第二标识对应的PO跨越连续的3个无线帧，第二终端设备的PO也跨越连续的3个无线帧，但第二标识对应的PO的起始时间位于PF 1上，第二终端设备的PO的起始时间位于PF 2上，PF 2是与PF 1相邻的下一个无线帧，那么这两个PO在PF 2和PF 2相邻的下一个无线帧上重叠。再例如，又一种情况为，第二标识对应的PO和第二终端设备的PO所跨越的无线帧的个数不同，起始时间也不同，这种情况下，可使得这两个PO是在时域上部分重叠，例如第二标识对应的PO跨越连续的2个无线帧，第二终端设备的PO跨越连续的3个无线帧，第二标识对应的PO的起始时间位于PF 1上，第二终端设备的PO的起始时间位于PF 2上，PF 2是与PF 1相邻的下一个无线帧，那么这两个PO在PF 2上重叠。还例如，再一种情况为，第二标识对应的PO和第二终端设备的PO所跨越的无线帧的个数相同，起始时间也相同，则这两个PO可以达到在时域上全部重叠，这两个PO相同属于这种情况。Wherein, the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain, and there may be different situations. For example, in one case, the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are different, but the start time is the same, so that the two POs partially overlap in the time domain. The PO corresponding to the second identification spans three consecutive radio frames, and the PO of the second terminal device spans two consecutive radio frames, then the two POs overlap within the time domain range of the PO of the second terminal device, and the PO in the third non-overlapping radio frames. For another example, in another case, the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, but the start times are different, so that the two POs partially overlap in the time domain. For example, the PO corresponding to the second identification spans 3 consecutive wireless frames, and the PO of the second terminal device also spans 3 consecutive wireless frames, but the starting time of the PO corresponding to the second identification is located on PF 1, and the second terminal equipment The start time of the PO of the device is located on PF 2, and PF 2 is the next radio frame adjacent to PF 1, then the two POs overlap on the next radio frame adjacent to PF 2 and PF 2. For another example, another situation is that the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are different, and the start times are also different. In this case, the two POs can be Partial overlap in the time domain, for example, the PO corresponding to the second identifier spans two consecutive radio frames, the PO of the second terminal device spans three consecutive radio frames, and the start time of the PO corresponding to the second identifier is located on PF 1 , the start time of the PO of the second terminal device is located on PF 2, and PF 2 is the next wireless frame adjacent to PF 1, then the two POs overlap on PF 2. Also for example, in another case, the number of radio frames spanned by the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, and the start time is also the same, then the two POs can reach all the time domain. Overlap, this is the case where the two POs are identical.
一个终端设备的PO，可以根据该终端设备的标识确定。例如，该终端设备的标识为5G-GUTI，则可以根据该5G-GUTI所包含的AMF集合ID、AMF指针和5G-TMSI，来确定5G-S-TMSI，再根据UE_ID(即，5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)来确定PO，该PO就是该终端设备的PO。或者，可以确定该5G-GUTI包含的5G-TMSI，将(5G-TMSI mod 1024)的值作为UE_ID的值，再根据UE_ID确定PO。或者，将(5G-GUTI mod 1024)的值作为UE_ID的值，再根据UE_ID确定PO。例如，可根据前文介绍的公式2确定PO。The PO of a terminal device can be determined according to the identification of the terminal device. For example, if the identification of the terminal device is 5G-GUTI, the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the AMF set ID, AMF pointer and 5G-TMSI contained in the 5G-GUTI, and then the 5G-S-TMSI can be determined according to the UE_ID (that is, the 5G-S -TMSI mod 1024) to determine the PO, which is the PO of the terminal device. Alternatively, the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-GUTI can be determined, the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) can be used as the value of the UE_ID, and then the PO can be determined according to the UE_ID. Alternatively, use the value of (5G-GUTI mod 1024) as the value of UE_ID, and then determine PO according to UE_ID. For example, PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
或者，如果终端设备的标识是5G-S-TMSI，则可以根据该终端设备的UE_ID(即，5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)确定该终端设备的PO。或者，可以确定该5G-S-TMSI包含的5G-TMSI，将(5G-TMSI mod 1024)的值作为UE_ID的值，再根据UE_ID确定PO。例如，可根据前文介绍的公式2确定PO。Alternatively, if the identification of the terminal device is 5G-S-TMSI, the PO of the terminal device can be determined according to the UE_ID of the terminal device (ie, 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024). Alternatively, the 5G-TMSI included in the 5G-S-TMSI may be determined, the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) may be used as the value of the UE_ID, and then the PO may be determined according to the UE_ID. For example, PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
或者，如果终端设备的标识是5G-TMSI，可以将(5G-TMSI mod 1024)的值作为UE_ID的值，再根据UE_ID确定PO。例如，可根据前文介绍的公式2确定PO。Alternatively, if the identification of the terminal device is 5G-TMSI, the value of (5G-TMSI mod 1024) can be used as the value of UE_ID, and then PO is determined according to UE_ID. For example, PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
或者，如果终端设备的标识是(UE_ID mod N)，则可以确定该终端设备的PF(例如可根据前文介绍的公式1确定该终端设备的PF)，该终端设备的PO为与该PF关联的所有PO。Or, if the identification of the terminal device is (UE_ID mod N), the PF of the terminal device can be determined (for example, the PF of the terminal device can be determined according to the formula 1 introduced above), and the PO of the terminal device is associated with the PF All POs.
或者，如果终端设备的标识是UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则可以将(UE_ID mod(N*N s)mod N)的值作为(UE_ID mod N)的值，且将(UE_ID mod(N*N s)/N)的值作为UE_ID/N的值，从而确定该终端设备的PO。例如，可根据前文介绍的公式2确定PO。 Or, if the identifier of the terminal device is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), the value of (UE_ID mod(N*N s )mod N) can be used as the value of (UE_ID mod N), and the value of (UE_ID mod(N) can be used as the value of (UE_ID mod N) The value of *N s )/N) is used as the value of UE_ID/N, thereby determining the PO of the terminal device. For example, PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
或者，如果终端设备的标识是SUPI/SUCI/IMSI，则可先根据SUPI/SUCI/IMSI确定对应的5G-GUTI或5G-S-TMSI或5G-TMSI或UE_ID或UE_ID mod N或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，再确定该终端设备的PO。例如，可根据前文介绍的公式2确定PO。 Or, if the identity of the terminal device is SUPI/SUCI/IMSI, the corresponding 5G-GUTI or 5G-S-TMSI or 5G-TMSI or UE_ID or UE_ID mod N or UE_ID mod (N *N s ), and then determine the PO of the terminal device. For example, PO can be determined according to Equation 2 described above.
如果第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备当前的标识已经能够使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，第一 核心网设备确定第一终端设备当前的标识已经能够使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，则第一核心网设备可以不必为第一终端设备分配新的标识，在这种情况下，第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备当前的标识是第二标识。例如，如果第一标识是第一终端设备的标识，那么第一终端设备当前的标识可以是第一标识。If the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device has enabled the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the above three relationships between POs, or , the first core network device determines that the current identification of the first terminal device can make the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifications, then The first core network device may not need to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, in this case, the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device is the second identity. For example, if the first identification is the identification of the first terminal device, the current identification of the first terminal device may be the first identification.
如果第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备当前的标识不能使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的每种关系，或者，如果第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备当前的标识已经能够使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的每种关系，则第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配新的标识，此时第一核心网设备为第一终端设备所分配的新的标识就称为第二标识。其中在本申请实施例中，为一个终端设备分配新的标识，也可以描述为，为该终端设备重新分配标识，或者描述为，为该终端设备配置新的标识，或者描述为，为该终端设备重配置标识。If the first core network device determines that the current identity of the first terminal device cannot make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device satisfy each of the above three relationships between POs, or if the first The core network device determines that the current identification of the first terminal device can make the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device satisfy each of the seven relationships between the above identifications, then the first core network device can A new identity is allocated to the first terminal device, and at this time, the new identity allocated by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called a second identity. In the embodiments of the present application, assigning a new identifier to a terminal device may also be described as reassigning an identifier to the terminal device, or as configuring a new identifier for the terminal device, or describing as assigning a new identifier to the terminal device Device reconfiguration identifier.
第二标识例如为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。 The second identifier is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device.
第一核心网设备可根据如上的三种关系中的任意一种或多种来为第一终端设备分配新的标识，下面以第一核心网设备根据如上的第一种关系来为第一终端设备分配新的标识为例进行介绍。其中，所述的第一种关系是，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO相同。The first core network device can assign a new identity to the first terminal device according to any one or more of the above three relationships, and the first core network device is used as the first terminal device according to the first relationship above. The device assigns a new ID as an example for introduction. The first relationship is that the PO corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the PO of the second terminal device.
分配方式一、Distribution method 1.
根据前文的公式1或公式2可知，在计算PF或PO时，终端设备的UE_ID是与计算过程直接相关的，因此，要使得第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO相同，一种实现方式为，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO(例如，根据第二标识对应的UE_ID确定的PO)与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同。而要使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同，一种实现方式为，可以使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相同。According to Formula 1 or Formula 2 above, when calculating PF or PO, the UE_ID of the terminal device is directly related to the calculation process. Therefore, to make the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO of the second terminal device the same, a The implementation manner is that the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier (eg, the PO determined according to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier) is the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. To make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device, an implementation manner is to make the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
例如，第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第二标识，如果第二标识为第一终端设备的UE_ID，则可以使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同。例如，第二标识与第二终端设备的UE_ID相同，那么第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO就会相同。其中，第二标识为UE_ID，UE_ID实际上是5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低10比特位的部分，那么第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的UE_ID，可以是为第一终端设备分配5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低10比特位的部分，而5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中除了低10比特位以外的其他位的取值可以不变。For example, the first core network device may assign a second identifier to the first terminal device. If the second identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier may be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. Among them, the second identifier is UE_ID, and UE_ID is actually the lower 10-bit part of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI, then the first core network device allocates a new UE_ID to the first terminal device, which can be It is to allocate the part of the lower 10 bits of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI to the first terminal device, and the part other than the lower 10 bits of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI The value of other bits can be unchanged.
或者，如果第二标识不是UE_ID，例如第二标识为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则可以使得根据第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相同。 Alternatively, if the second identifier is not the UE_ID, for example, the second identifier is the 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
分配方式二、Allocation method two,
在分配方式一中介绍了，要使得第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO相同，一种实现方式是，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID 确定的PO相同。而要使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同，另一种实现方式为，可以使得第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同。因为N的取值相同，因此如果第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同，也就表明第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相同。As described in the first allocation method, to make the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device the same, an implementation method is to make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal device The determined PO is the same. To make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier to be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device, another implementation manner is to make the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device mod N is the same. Because the value of N is the same, if the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device, it also indicates that the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
例如，第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第二标识，如果第二标识为第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N，则可以使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同。例如，第二标识与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同，那么第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO就会相同。其中，第二标识为UE_ID mod N，UE_ID mod N实际上是5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低(log 2N)位的部分，那么第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的UE_ID mod N，可以是为第一终端设备分配5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低(log 2N)位的部分，而5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中除了低(log 2N)位以外的其他位的取值可以不变。 For example, the first core network device may assign a second identification to the first terminal device, and if the second identification is the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identification may be determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device The PO is the same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. Wherein, the second identifier is UE_ID mod N, and UE_ID mod N is actually the lower (log 2 N) bit part of 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI, then the first core network device is the first terminal The device allocates a new UE_ID mod N, which may be the part of the low (log 2 N) bits in the 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI allocated to the first terminal device, and the 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI The values of the other bits except the low (log 2 N) bits in the /5G-GUTI may remain unchanged.
或者，如果第二标识不是UE_ID mod N，例如第二标识为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则可以使得根据第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同。 Or, if the second identifier is not UE_ID mod N, for example, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device.
分配方式三、Allocation method three,
在分配方式一中介绍了，要使得第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO相同，一种实现方式是，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同。而要使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同，又一种实现方式为，可以使得第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同。因为N的取值相同，N s的取值也相同，因此如果第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同，也就表明第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相同。 As described in the first allocation method, to make the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device the same, an implementation method is to make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the second terminal device The determined PO is the same. In order to make the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier to be the same as the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device, another implementation manner is to make the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and the first The UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the two terminal devices are the same. Since the same value of N, S N values are the same, and therefore if the corresponding second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device UE_ID mod (N * N s) the same, it indicates that the first The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID of the second terminal device.
例如，第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第二标识，如果第二标识为第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则可以使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO相同。例如，第二标识与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同，那么第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO就会相同。其中，第二标识为UE_ID mod(N*N s)，UE_ID mod(N*N s)实际上是5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低(log 2N)位的部分，那么第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的UE_ID mod(N*N s)，可以是为第一终端设备分配5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中低(log 2(N*N s))位的部分，而5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI中除了低(log 2(N*N s))位以外的其他位的取值可以不变。 For example, the first core network device may assign a second identifier to the first terminal device. If the second identifier is the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier may be The PO determined by the UE_ID of the terminal device is the same. For example, if the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device, the PO corresponding to the second identifier will be the same as the PO determined by the UE_ID of the second terminal device. Wherein, the second identifier is UE_ID mod(N*N s ), and UE_ID mod(N*N s ) is actually the part of the low (log 2 N) bits in 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI, Then the first core network device allocates a new UE_ID mod(N*N s ) to the first terminal device, which may be a medium-low (log 2 (log 2 (log 2 (log 2 ( N*N s )) bits, and the values of other bits except the low (log 2 (N*N s )) bits in 5G-S-TMSI/5G-TMSI/5G-GUTI may remain unchanged.
或者，如果第二标识不是UE_ID mod N，例如第二标识为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，则可以使得根据第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N相同。 Or, if the second identifier is not UE_ID mod N, for example, the second identifier is 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device, then The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device.
分配方式四、 Distribution method 4.
根据前文的公式1或公式2可知，在计算PF或PO时，终端设备的UE_ID是与计算过程直接相关的，因此，要使得第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离相近，一种实现方式为，使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO(例如，根据第二标识对应的UE_ID确定的PO)与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO之间的时域距离相 近。而要使得第二标识对应的UE_ID所对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的UE_ID确定的PO之间的时域距离相近，一种实现方式为，可以使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID相近。例如，可以使得第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID之间的差值(或，称为间隔)小于或等于第二阈值。第二阈值可以是预先定义的，或者是第一终端设备或第二终端设备确定并发送给第一核心网设备的，或者也可以是第一核心网设备确定的。例如，第一终端设备、第二终端设备或第一核心网设备可以根据第一阈值、N或N s中的至少一个确定第二阈值。 According to Formula 1 or Formula 2 above, when calculating PF or PO, the UE_ID of the terminal device is directly related to the calculation process. Therefore, it is necessary to make the time between the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device. The domain distance is similar, an implementation manner is to make the time between the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification (for example, the PO determined according to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification) and the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device. The domains are close. In order to make the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the PO determined according to the UE_ID of the second terminal device be similar, an implementation manner is to make the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the second terminal device The UE_IDs of the devices are similar. For example, the difference (or, referred to as an interval) between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the second threshold. The second threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or may also be determined by the first core network device. For example, a first terminal, a second terminal of the first device or the core network device according to a first threshold value, N N s or at least one second threshold value is determined.
使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离相近的又一种实现方式为，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)相近。例如，可以使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第三阈值。第三阈值可以是预先定义的，或者是第一终端设备或第二终端设备确定并发送给第一核心网设备的，或者是第一核心网设备确定的。第一终端设备、第二终端设备或第一核心网设备可以根据第一阈值、N或N s中的至少一个确定第三阈值。 Another implementation that makes the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal equipment is similar to make the corresponding (UE_ID mod N) of the second identification and the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal equipment. N) is close. For example, the difference (or, the interval) between (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the second identifier and (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the third threshold. The third threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device. A first terminal, a second terminal of the first device or the core network device according to a first threshold value, N N s, or at least a third threshold value determination.
使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离相近的又一种实现方式为，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))相近。例如，可以使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第四阈值。第四阈值可以是预先定义的，或者是第一终端设备或第二终端设备确定并发给第一核心网设备的，或者是第一核心网设备确定的。第一终端设备、第二终端设备或第一核心网设备可以根据第一阈值、N或N s中的至少一个确定第四阈值。 Another implementation manner of making the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal device is similar to make the (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) corresponding to the second identification and the second terminal The device's (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) is similar. For example, the difference (or, interval) between (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) corresponding to the second identifier and (UE_ID mod(N*N s )) of the second terminal device may be smaller than or equal to the fourth threshold. The fourth threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device. A first terminal, a second terminal of the first device or the core network device according to a first threshold value, N N s, or at least a determined fourth threshold.
使得第二标识对应的PO与根据第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离相近的再一种实现方式为，使得第二标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备的(UE_ID mod N)相同，且第二标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)相近。例如，可以使得第二标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第五阈值。第五阈值可以是预先定义的，或者是第一终端设备或第二终端设备确定并发给第一核心网设备的，或者是第一核心网设备确定的。第一终端设备、第二终端设备或第一核心网设备可以根据第一阈值、N或N s中的至少一个确定第五阈值。其中，floor(x)表示对x向下取整。 Another implementation that makes the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identification and the PO according to the second terminal equipment is similar to make the corresponding (UE_ID mod N) of the second identification and the (UE_ID mod N) of the second terminal equipment. similar N) identical and corresponding to the second identification (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s) and the second terminal device (floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s). For example, the difference (or, interval) between (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the second identifier and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) of the second terminal device may be less than or equal to Fifth threshold. The fifth threshold may be predefined, or determined by the first terminal device or the second terminal device and sent to the first core network device, or determined by the first core network device. A first terminal, a second terminal of the first device or the core network device according to a first threshold value, N N s or of at least one fifth threshold value determination. Among them, floor(x) means to round down x.
在第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离相近的情况下，第二标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO部分重叠。In the case where the time domain distance between the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device is similar, the PO corresponding to the second identifier and the PO of the second terminal device partially overlap.
作为一种可选的实施方式，第二阈值可以由第二终端设备确定。As an optional implementation manner, the second threshold may be determined by the second terminal device.
例如，第二终端设备在确定第二阈值后，可向第一终端设备发送第二阈值，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送第二阈值。For example, after determining the second threshold, the second terminal device may send the second threshold to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device then sends the second threshold to the first core network device.
或者，第二终端设备在确定第二阈值后，可向第一终端设备发送第二阈值，第一终端设备根据第二阈值，可以确定一个标识范围，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送该标识范围。该标识范围可以是5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)所属的范围。 Alternatively, after determining the second threshold, the second terminal device may send the second threshold to the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the second threshold, and the first terminal device may then send the first core network device to the Send this ID range. The identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
作为另一种可选的实施方式，第二阈值也可以由第一核心网设备确定。As another optional implementation manner, the second threshold may also be determined by the first core network device.
作为又一种可选的实施方式，第二阈值也可以由第一终端设备确定。As another optional implementation manner, the second threshold may also be determined by the first terminal device.
例如，第一终端设备在确定第二阈值后，可以向第一核心网设备发送第二阈值。For example, after determining the second threshold, the first terminal device may send the second threshold to the first core network device.
或者，第一终端设备在确定第二阈值后，可根据第二阈值，确定一个标识范围，第一终端设备再向第一核心网设备发送该标识范围。该标识范围可以是5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)所属的范围。 Alternatively, after determining the second threshold, the first terminal device may determine an identification range according to the second threshold, and the first terminal device then sends the identification range to the first core network device. The identification range may be a range to which 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) belong.
关于第三阈值、第四阈值或第五阈值，确定方式和发送方式等也与第二阈值是类似的，均可参考上文对于第二阈值的确定方式和发送方式的描述。Regarding the third threshold, the fourth threshold or the fifth threshold, the determination method and transmission method are similar to those of the second threshold, and reference may be made to the above description of the determination method and transmission method of the second threshold.
如上的几种分配方式只是举例，本申请实施例并不限制第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配第二标识的方式。The above allocation manners are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the manner in which the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device.
第一核心网设备如果无法根据如上的三种关系来为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可不为第一终端设备分配新的标识，即，不分配第二标识。在这种情况下，流程可以结束，或者也可继续执行S204。If the first core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the above three relationships, the first core network device may not assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, that is, not assign a second identifier. In this case, the flow can end, or it can continue to execute S204.
S204、第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。这里的关联关系可用于使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够保持一致，以使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，可以使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种；或者，这里的关联关系可用于使得第一终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO能够保持一致，以使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能满足如上介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够满足如上介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种。其中，如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备都为5G终端设备，则要使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识保持一致(或者说，使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO保持一致)，这两个终端设备的标识都能够发生变化，从而保持一致；或者，如果其中一个终端设备为4G终端设备，另一个终端设备为5G终端设备，则4G终端设备的标识是不能变化的，因此，为了使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的标识保持一致(或者说，使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO保持一致)，5G终端设备的标识可以发生变化，从而保持与4G终端设备的标识相同或相近，以使得两个终端设备的标识保持一致。为了与前述的用于表示中继关系的关联关系相区分，这里的关联关系可称为第二关联关系，前述的中继关系可称为第一关联关系。或者，第一关联关系和第二关联关系可以是不同的关联关系，或者第一关联关系和第二关联关系也可以是同一种关联关系。S204. The first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The association relationship here can be used to keep the identifier of the first terminal device consistent with the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device can satisfy the seven types of identifiers described above. Any one or more of the relationships, or, can enable the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships between the POs described above; or, The association relationship here can be used to keep the PO of the first terminal device consistent with the PO of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can satisfy the three types of POs introduced above. Any one or more of the relationships, or enable the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the identifications described above. Wherein, if both the first terminal device and the second terminal device are 5G terminal devices, the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device shall be consistent (or, in other words, the PO of the first terminal device and the second terminal device shall be made consistent. The PO of the terminal device remains the same), the identification of the two terminal devices can be changed to remain consistent; or, if one of the terminal devices is a 4G terminal device and the other is a 5G terminal device, the 4G terminal device’s The identity cannot be changed. Therefore, in order to keep the identity of the first terminal device and the second terminal device consistent (or to make the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device consistent), the identity of the 5G terminal device It can be changed to keep the same or similar to the 4G terminal device's identification, so that the two terminal device's identification is consistent. In order to distinguish from the aforementioned association relationship used to represent the relay relationship, the association relationship here may be referred to as the second association relationship, and the aforementioned relay relationship may be referred to as the first association relationship. Alternatively, the first association relationship and the second association relationship may be different association relationships, or the first association relationship and the second association relationship may also be the same association relationship.
第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立第二关联关系，一种实现方式为，第一核心网设备将第一终端设备当前的标识和第二终端设备当前的标识相关联。例如，如果第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配了第二标识，则第一终端设备当前的标识可以是第二标识，如果第一核心网设备没有为第一终端设备分配第二标识，且第一标识是第一终端设备的标识，则第一终端设备当前的标识例如为第一标识。第二终端设备当前的标识例如为所述的第九标识，或者为所述的第三标识，或者也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识。The first core network device establishes a second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. An implementation manner is that the first core network device associates the current identification of the first terminal device with the current identification of the second terminal device. . For example, if the first core network device assigns the second identifier to the first terminal device, the current identifier of the first terminal device may be the second identifier. If the first core network device does not assign the second identifier to the first terminal device, And the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, then the current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the first identifier. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, the ninth identifier, or the third identifier, or other identifiers of the second terminal device.
第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立第二关联关系，另一种实现方式为，第一核心网设备在第一终端设备的上下文中包含第二终端设备当前的标识。The first core network device establishes a second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Another implementation manner is that the first core network device includes the current identifier of the second terminal device in the context of the first terminal device.
第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立了关联关系，从而如果第一终端设备的标识发生变化，且第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为不同的核心网设备，则第一核心网设备能够请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识，使得第一终端设备的 PO和第二终端设备的PO能够继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够继续满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种。或者，第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立了关联关系，如果第一终端设备的标识发生变化，但第二终端设备的标识无法变化(例如第二终端设备为4G终端设备)，或者第二终端设备的标识无需变化(例如第一终端设备的标识变化后，第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能够继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够继续满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种)，则第一核心网设备可以不必请求第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识，而是，第一核心网设备可以尽量保证，第一终端设备的新的标识，也需要尽量与第二终端设备的标识满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，根据第一终端设备的新的标识确定的PO和第二终端设备的PO也需要尽量继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种。The first core network device establishes an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, so that if the identifier of the first terminal device changes, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, Then the first core network device can request the second core network device to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs. Any one or more of , or, so that the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identities. Or, the first core network device has established an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. If the identifier of the first terminal device changes, the identifier of the second terminal device cannot be changed (for example, the second terminal device is a 4G terminal) device), or the identity of the second terminal device does not need to be changed (for example, after the identity of the first terminal device is changed, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs. Any one or more, or, so that the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifications), then the first core network The device does not need to request the second core network device to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, but the first core network device can try to ensure that the new identity of the first terminal device also needs to be as close as possible to the identity of the second terminal device. Satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifiers, or, the PO determined according to the new identifier of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device also need to continue to satisfy the above PO as far as possible. any one or more of the three relationships.
或者，如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备，则如果第一终端设备的标识发生变化，第一核心网设备可以为第二终端设备分配新的标识，或者，如果第二终端设备的标识发生变化，第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配新的标识，使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能够继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够继续满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种。或者，第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立了关联关系，如果第一终端设备的标识发生变化，但第二终端设备的标识无法变化(例如第二终端设备为4G终端设备)，或者第二终端设备的标识无需变化(例如第一终端设备的标识变化后，第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能够继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够继续满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种)，则第一核心网设备可以不必为第二终端设备分配新的标识，而是，第一核心网设备可以尽量保证，第一终端设备的新的标识，也需要尽量与第二终端设备的标识满足如上的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者，根据第一终端设备的新的标识确定的PO和第二终端设备的PO也需要尽量继续满足如上的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种。Or, if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, if the identification of the first terminal device changes, the first core network device may assign a new identification to the second terminal device, or, If the identity of the second terminal device changes, the first core network device may assign a new identity to the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three points between POs. any one or more of these relationships, or, the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the above seven relationships between the identities. Or, the first core network device has established an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. If the identifier of the first terminal device changes, the identifier of the second terminal device cannot be changed (for example, the second terminal device is a 4G terminal) device), or the identity of the second terminal device does not need to be changed (for example, after the identity of the first terminal device is changed, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy the above three relationships between POs. Any one or more, or, so that the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device can continue to satisfy any one or more of the seven relationships between the above identifications), then the first core network The device does not have to assign a new identity to the second terminal device, but the first core network device can try to ensure that the new identity of the first terminal device also needs to be as close as possible to the identity of the second terminal device that satisfies the above-mentioned identity. Any one or more of the seven relationships, or, the PO determined according to the new identity of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device also need to continue to satisfy the three relationships between the above POs as far as possible. any one or more.
例如，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备，如果第一核心网设备确定需要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第四标识，另外，第一核心网设备可以为第二终端设备分配第五标识，例如第一核心网设备可以根据第四标识来分配第五标识，分配方式可参考前文的介绍。在分配后，可使得第四标识对应的寻呼时机(例如，根据第四标识确定的寻呼时机)与第五标识对应的寻呼时机(例如，根据第五标识确定的寻呼时机)相同，或，第四标识对应的寻呼时机与第五标识对应的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第四标识对应的寻呼时机与第五标识对应的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。For example, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the first terminal device, the first core network device may be the first terminal device. The fourth identifier is allocated. In addition, the first core network device may allocate a fifth identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the first core network device may allocate the fifth identifier according to the fourth identifier. For the allocation method, refer to the foregoing introduction. After the allocation, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification (eg, the paging occasion determined according to the fourth identification) can be made the same as the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification (eg, the paging occasion determined according to the fifth identification) , or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification The call timings partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
又例如，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备，如果第一核心网设备确定需要为第二终端设备分配新的标识，那么第一核心网设备可以为第二终端设备分配第五标识，另外，第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第四标识，例如第一核心网设备可以根据第五标识来分配第四标识，分配方式可参考前文的介绍。在分配后，可使得第四标识对应的寻呼时机与第五标识对应的寻呼时机相同，或，第四标识对应的寻呼时机与 第五标识对应的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第四标识对应的寻呼时机与第五标识对应的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。For another example, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the first core network device determines that a new identifier needs to be allocated to the second terminal device, the first core network device may be the second terminal device. The device assigns the fifth identifier. In addition, the first core network device may assign a fourth identifier to the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may assign the fourth identifier according to the fifth identifier. For an assignment method, refer to the foregoing introduction. After the allocation, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification can be made the same as the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identification and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identification can be is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion corresponding to the fourth identifier and the paging occasion corresponding to the fifth identifier partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
第四标识例如为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)。第五标识例如为第二终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)。 The fourth identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device. The fifth identifier is, for example, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
S205、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第六消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第六消息。第六消息可请求第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，即第二关联关系。例如，第六消息可包括第一终端设备的标识，或包括第二终端设备的标识，或包括第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识。例如，第六消息包括第一终端设备的标识，第一终端设备的标识例如为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、SUPI、SUCI或IMSI中的任意一个。又例如，第六消息包括第二终端设备的标识，第二终端设备的标识例如为第二终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、SUPI、SUCI或IMSI中的任意一个。S205. The first core network device sends a sixth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the sixth message from the first core network device. The sixth message may request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, that is, a second association relationship. For example, the sixth message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or include the identification of the second terminal device, or include the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device. For example, the sixth message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, SUPI, SUCI or IMSI of the first terminal device. For another example, the sixth message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, SUPI, SUCI or IMSI of the second terminal device .
如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行S205，而如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备，则可不必执行S205，或者，第一核心网设备也可以不请求第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系(例如，第一核心网设备不为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，因此第一核心网设备也不请求第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系；或者，虽然第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，但第一核心网设备不请求第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系)，因此S205是可选的步骤，在图2中用虚线表示。如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，而为第二终端设备分配标识是第二核心网设备做的，那么如果第二终端设备的标识发生变化，例如第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配了新的标识，为了使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识能够同步变化，第二核心网设备也就需要建立第二关联关系。这样，如果第二终端设备的标识发生变化，则第二核心网设备能够请求第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识，使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO能够继续满足如上的三种关系中的任意一种或多种。If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, S205 can be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, it is not necessary to execute S205, Alternatively, the first core network device may not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (for example, the first core network device does not establish an association between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) Therefore, the first core network device does not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, although the first core network device establishes an association between the first terminal device and the second terminal device relationship, but the first core network device does not request the second core network device to establish an association relationship for the first terminal device and the second terminal device), so S205 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 . If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and the second core network device does allocating the identifier to the second terminal device, then if the identifier of the second terminal device changes, for example, the second terminal device The core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device. In order to enable the identity of the first terminal device and the identity of the second terminal device to change synchronously, the second core network device also needs to establish a second association relationship. In this way, if the identity of the second terminal device changes, the second core network device can request the first core network device to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can Continue to satisfy any one or more of the three relationships above.
第二核心网设备接收第六消息后，可根据第二核心网设备的相应策略，确定是否接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，确定是否接受第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或，第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)。如果第二核心网设备能够接受，则第二核心网设备可以为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，而如果第二核心网设备不能接收，则第二核心网设备可以不为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。After receiving the sixth message, the second core network device may, according to the corresponding policy of the second core network device, determine whether to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, in other words, determine whether to accept the first terminal device to pass the The second terminal device listens for paging (or, the second terminal device listens for paging through the first terminal device). If the second core network device can accept it, the second core network device may establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and if the second core network device cannot accept it, the second core network device may not be the first terminal device. A terminal device establishes an association relationship with a second terminal device.
可选的，S204也可发生在S206之后。另外对于第二核心网设备，可以在S206后再为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者也可以在S205后为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，之后再执行S206。Optionally, S204 may also occur after S206. In addition, for the second core network device, an association relationship can be established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device after S206, or an association relationship can be established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device after S205, and then execute the S206.
S206、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送第七消息，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第七消息。如果第二核心网设备接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，则第七消息可指示第二核心网设备接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，指示第二核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联 关系；或者，如果第二核心网设备不接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，则第七消息可指示第二核心网设备不接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，指示第二核心网设备不为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。S206 , the second core network device sends the seventh message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the seventh message from the second core network device. If the second core network device accepts to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may instruct the second core network device to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, Instruct the second core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, if the second core network device does not accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may indicate The second core network device does not accept establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or in other words, instructs the second core network device not to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，且执行了S205，则可执行S206，而如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备，则可不必执行S205和S206，因此S206也是可选的步骤，在图2中用虚线表示。If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, and S205 is executed, S206 can be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, then It is not necessary to perform S205 and S206, so S206 is also an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
S207、第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第二标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第二标识。或者，S207也可以在S205之前执行，或者也可以在S204之前执行。S207: The first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device. Alternatively, S207 can also be executed before S205, or can also be executed before S204.
其中，如果在S203中第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配了第二标识，或者执行了S203，则可执行S207；而如果在S203中第一核心网设备没有为第一终端设备分配第二标识，或者未执行S203，则可不必执行S207，因此S207是可选的步骤，在图2中用虚线表示。Wherein, if the first core network device assigns the second identifier to the first terminal device in S203, or executes S203, then S207 can be executed; and if the first core network device does not assign the first terminal device a second identifier in S203 Second identification, or if S203 is not performed, it is not necessary to perform S207, so S207 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
如果第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配了第二标识，则可将第二标识发送给第一终端设备，以使得第一终端设备能够使用第二标识。If the first core network device allocates the second identification to the first terminal device, the second identification may be sent to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the second identification.
另外，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，例如第二终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备1，第一终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备2，那么作为一种可选的实施方式，第一核心网设备还可以向第一终端设备发送第二消息，第一终端设备可接收来自第一核心网设备的第二消息，第二消息可以指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，指示为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立第二关联关系。例如，第二消息可以是本申请实施例新增的消息，专用于指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼；或者，第二消息也可以复用目前已有的消息，例如第二消息可以是第一核心网设备发送给第一终端设备的注册接受消息，或者是第一核心网设备向第一终端设备指示相应业务的消息，或者也可以是指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信(或者说，指示允许第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务)的消息等。其中，如果第二消息为本申请实施例新增的消息，或为第一终端设备的注册接受消息，或为用于向第一终端设备指示业务的消息，可选的，第二消息可以包括第二信息，第二信息用于指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。或者，如果第二消息为指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信的消息，则第二消息可以包括所述的第二信息，或者，第二消息也可以不包括第二信息，即，第二消息指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络通信，也就认为默认指示了允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，这是隐式指示方式，这种方式有助于减小第二消息的信息量。In addition, if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D , and the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D . terminal device 2 in the scenario, then as an optional implementation manner, the first core network device may also send a second message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may receive the second The second message may indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or may indicate that a second association relationship is established for the first terminal device and the second terminal device. For example, the second message may be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to instructing that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device; or, the second message may also reuse existing messages, such as the first terminal device. The second message may be a registration acceptance message sent by the first core network device to the first terminal device, or a message indicating the corresponding service by the first core network device to the first terminal device, or may also be a message indicating that the first terminal device is allowed to pass through the first terminal device. The second terminal device communicates with the network (or in other words, a message indicating that the second terminal device is allowed to provide a relay service for the first terminal device). Wherein, if the second message is a newly added message in this embodiment of the application, or a registration acceptance message of the first terminal device, or a message used to indicate a service to the first terminal device, optionally, the second message may include The second information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. Alternatively, if the second message is a message indicating that the first terminal device is allowed to communicate with the network through the second terminal device, the second message may include the second information, or the second message may not include the second information, That is, the second message indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to communicate with the network through the second terminal device, and it is considered that the default indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device. This is an implicit indication method. This method Helps to reduce the amount of information in the second message.
例如，第二消息除了可以指示第一终端设备请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼外，还可以包括第二标识，则第一核心网设备无需向第一终端设备发送过多的消息，以节省信令开销。或者，第二消息不包括第二标识，第二消息和第二标识是分别发送的。如果是这种情况，则第一核心网设备可以先发送第二消息后发送第二标识，或者可以先发送第二标识后发送第二消息，或者也可以同时发送第二消息和第二标识。通过专门的消息指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，可以使得指示更为明确。For example, in addition to instructing the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device, the second message may also include a second identifier, so the first core network device does not need to send too many messages to the first terminal device to save money Signaling overhead. Alternatively, the second message does not include the second identifier, and the second message and the second identifier are sent separately. If this is the case, the first core network device may send the second message first and then the second identifier, or may send the second identifier first and then the second message, or may simultaneously send the second message and the second identifier. Through a special message indicating that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device, the indication can be made more explicit.
或者，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，例如第二终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端设备1，第一终端设备是图1C或图1D所示的场景中的终端 设备2，作为另一种可选的实施方式，第一核心网设备也可以不向第一终端设备发送第二消息，只需向第一核心网设备发送第二标识即可，第二标识还可以指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。例如，第二标识指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，一种指示方式为，如果第二标识能够使得第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识满足如前介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的任意一种或多种，或者第二标识能够使得第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO满足如前介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的任意一种或多种，则认为第二标识指示允许第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。这也是隐式指示的方式，这样可以减少信令的数量，节省信令开销。Or, if the second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is the terminal device 1 in the scenario shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D , and the first terminal device is the one shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D . As another optional implementation manner, the terminal device 2 in the scenario of , the second identifier may also indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. For example, the second identifier indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. One indication method is that if the second identifier can make the identifier of the first terminal device and the identifier of the second terminal device satisfy the above-mentioned requirements Any one or more of the seven relationships between the identities, or the second identity enables the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device to satisfy any of the three relationships between the POs described above. one or more, it is considered that the second identifier indicates that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor the paging through the second terminal device. This is also the way of implicit indication, which can reduce the amount of signaling and save signaling overhead.
而如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备提供中继服务，则第一核心网设备也可以向第一终端设备发送第二消息，以指示允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼；或者，第一核心网设备也可以不向第一终端设备发送第二消息，而是通过隐式指示的方式指示允许第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，这部分内容与上述的实现方式是类似的。And if the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, the first core network device may also send a second message to the first terminal device to indicate that the second terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the first terminal device; Alternatively, the first core network device may not send the second message to the first terminal device, but instruct the second terminal device to allow the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device by means of an implicit instruction. This part of the content is the same as the above implementation The way is similar.
S208、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第三消息，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三消息。第三消息可请求通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。S208: The first terminal device sends a third message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the third message from the first terminal device. The third message may request to monitor the paging by the second terminal device.
可选的，第三消息还可以包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或者包括第一终端设备的DRX周期，或者包括第一终端设备当前的标识和第一终端设备的DRX周期。第一终端设备当前的标识，例如为所述的第二标识，或者也可以是第一终端设备的其他标识。Optionally, the third message may further include the current identifier of the first terminal device, or the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, or the current identifier of the first terminal device and the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. The current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the second identifier, or other identifiers of the first terminal device.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者说，第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务，则可以执行S208。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, or in other words, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, S208 may be executed.
S209、第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第四消息，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第四消息。第四消息可指示为第一终端设备监听寻呼。如果执行了S208，则可执行S209，第四消息可以认为是第三消息的响应消息。S209 , the second terminal device sends a fourth message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the fourth message from the second terminal device. The fourth message may indicate that the first terminal device is listening for paging. If S208 is executed, then S209 can be executed, and the fourth message may be regarded as a response message of the third message.
之后，第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼。例如，第二终端设备可计算第一终端设备的PO，并在第一终端设备的PO醒来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。第二终端设备计算PO的方式可参考前文所介绍的公式。Afterwards, the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device may calculate the PO of the first terminal device, and monitor the paging for the first terminal device when the PO of the first terminal device wakes up. For the way of calculating PO by the second terminal device, reference may be made to the formula introduced above.
例如将第一终端设备的DRX周期称为第一DRX周期，将第二终端设备的DRX周期称为第二DRX周期，第二终端设备可以按照第三DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。其中，如果第一DRX周期小于或等于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一DRX周期；或者，如果第一DRX周期大于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第二DRX周期。即，第二终端设备可以按照较小的DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼，以减小错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。For example, the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle, the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle, and the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle . Wherein, if the first DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
考虑到，如果第一终端设备的DRX周期小于第二终端设备的DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一终端设备的DRX周期，也就是说，第二终端设备为了给第一终端设备监听寻呼，需要按照比第二终端设备的DRX周期更小的DRX周期来监听，这会在一定程度上增加第二终端设备的功耗。因此，作为一种可选的实施方式，可以通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期，尽量使得第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，这样第二终端设备可以按照第二终端设备的DRX周期监听，既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，不会给第二终端设备带来额外的功耗。Considering that, if the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the third DRX cycle may be the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is used to monitor the first terminal device. Paging needs to be monitored according to a DRX cycle smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, which will increase the power consumption of the second terminal device to a certain extent. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle can be determined through negotiation, so that the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle as much as possible, so that the second terminal device can follow the second terminal device. The DRX periodic monitoring can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device, and will not bring extra power consumption to the second terminal device.
例如，协商DRX周期的过程可以在核心网设备之间进行。例如第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以通过协商确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期。例如，第一核心网设备 将第一DRX周期发送给第二核心网设备，从而第二核心网设备可以确定第二DRX周期，例如第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，第二核心网设备再将第二DRX周期发送给第二终端设备。For example, the process of negotiating the DRX cycle may be performed between core network devices. For example, the first core network device and the second core network device may determine the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle through negotiation. For example, the first core network device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can determine the second DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the second core network device The device then sends the second DRX cycle to the second terminal device.
或者，协商DRX周期的过程也可以在终端设备和核心网设备之间进行。例如，第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一终端设备期望的DRX周期，第一核心网设备确定该DRX周期为第一DRX周期。第一核心网设备将第一DRX周期发送给第二核心网设备，从而第二核心网设备可以确定第二DRX周期，例如第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，第二核心网设备再将第二DRX周期发送给第二终端设备。Alternatively, the process of negotiating the DRX cycle may also be performed between the terminal device and the core network device. For example, the first terminal device sends the DRX cycle expected by the first terminal device to the first core network device, and the first core network device determines that the DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle. The first core network device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second core network device can determine the second DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the second core network device will Send the second DRX cycle to the second terminal device.
又例如，第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第二终端设备期望的DRX周期，第二核心网设备根据该DRX周期和其他的相应因素确定第二DRX周期，第二DRX周期可以等于第二终端设备期望的DRX周期，也可以不等于第二终端设备期望的DRX周期。第二核心网设备将第二DRX周期发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备可以确定第一DRX周期，例如第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期，第一核心网设备再将第一DRX周期发送给第一终端设备。For another example, the second terminal device sends the DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device to the second core network device, and the second core network device determines the second DRX cycle according to the DRX cycle and other corresponding factors, and the second DRX cycle may be equal to the first DRX cycle. The DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device may not be equal to the DRX cycle expected by the second terminal device. The second core network device sends the second DRX cycle to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the first DRX cycle, for example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, and the first core network device will Send the first DRX cycle to the first terminal device.
再例如，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一DRX周期，第一DRX周期为第一终端设备的DRX周期。第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第一DRX周期，从而第二终端设备和第二核心网设备根据第一DRX周期，通过协商确定第二DRX周期，例如第二DRX周期小于或等于第一DRX周期。For another example, the first terminal device sends a first DRX cycle to the second terminal device, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. The second terminal device sends the first DRX cycle to the second core network device, so that the second terminal device and the second core network device determine the second DRX cycle through negotiation according to the first DRX cycle. For example, the second DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first DRX cycle. One DRX cycle.
第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，例如包括为第一终端设备监听寻呼DCI，或为第一终端设备监听寻呼DCI和寻呼消息。例如，第二终端设备在第一终端设备的PO内监听寻呼DCI，如果监听到寻呼DCI，则第二终端设备确定该寻呼DCI包括的内容，如果该寻呼DCI包括寻呼消息的调度信息，则第二终端设备继续监听寻呼消息，在监听到寻呼消息后，如果第二终端设备确定该寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，则表示第一终端设备被寻呼，第二终端设备可将该寻呼消息转发给第一终端设备。或者，如果该寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，则表示第一终端设备未被寻呼，第二终端设备可以不将该寻呼消息转发给第一终端设备，在第一终端设备的下个PO到来时，第二终端设备继续监听寻呼DCI。或者，如果第二终端设备确定该寻呼DCI不包括寻呼消息的调度信息，则第二终端设备可以不再监听寻呼消息，而是在第一终端设备的下个PO到来时，第二终端设备继续监听寻呼DCI。The second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, for example, includes monitoring the paging DCI for the first terminal device, or monitoring the paging DCI and the paging message for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device monitors the paging DCI in the PO of the first terminal device, and if the paging DCI is monitored, the second terminal device determines the content included in the paging DCI, and if the paging DCI includes the content of the paging message scheduling information, the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging message, and after monitoring the paging message, if the second terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is paged, The second terminal device may forward the paging message to the first terminal device. Or, if the paging message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is not paged, and the second terminal device may not forward the paging message to the first terminal device. When the next PO arrives, the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging DCI. Alternatively, if the second terminal device determines that the paging DCI does not include the scheduling information of the paging message, the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging message, but when the next PO of the first terminal device arrives, the second terminal device may The terminal equipment continues to monitor the paging DCI.
或者，第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，例如包括为第一终端设备监听寻呼DCI。例如，第二终端设备在第一终端设备的PO内监听寻呼DCI，如果监听到寻呼DCI，则第一终端设备确定该寻呼DCI包括的内容，如果该寻呼DCI包括寻呼消息的调度信息，则第一终端设备继续监听寻呼消息，在监听到寻呼消息后，第二终端设备将该寻呼消息转发该第一终端设备，由第一终端设备确定第一终端设备是否被寻呼，例如，如果第一终端设备确定该寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，则表示第一终端设备被寻呼，第一终端设备可根据该寻呼消息进行后续工作，例如可与相应的接入网设备建立RRC连接以接收下行数据。或者，如果该寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，则表示第一终端设备未被寻呼，第一终端设备可以丢弃该寻呼消息。在第一终端设备的下个PO到来时，第二终端设备继续监听寻呼DCI。Alternatively, the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, for example, including monitoring the paging DCI for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device monitors the paging DCI in the PO of the first terminal device, and if the paging DCI is monitored, the first terminal device determines the content included in the paging DCI, and if the paging DCI includes the content of the paging message scheduling information, the first terminal device continues to monitor the paging message, and after monitoring the paging message, the second terminal device forwards the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device determines whether the first terminal device is For paging, for example, if the first terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is paged, and the first terminal device can perform follow-up work according to the paging message, for example, it can communicate with The corresponding access network equipment establishes an RRC connection to receive downlink data. Alternatively, if the paging message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device, it means that the first terminal device is not paged, and the first terminal device can discard the paging message. When the next PO of the first terminal device arrives, the second terminal device continues to monitor the paging DCI.
对于第一终端设备来说，就不再从网络接收寻呼DCI或寻呼消息，而是从第二终端设 备接收寻呼DCI或寻呼消息。这样，第一终端设备无需通过空口与网络通信，节省了第一终端设备由于空口通信所带来的功耗。For the first terminal device, the paging DCI or paging message is no longer received from the network, but the paging DCI or paging message is received from the second terminal device. In this way, the first terminal device does not need to communicate with the network through the air interface, which saves the power consumption of the first terminal device due to the air interface communication.
或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，那么S208可以改为，第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第三消息，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第三消息。第三消息可请求通过第一终端设备监听寻呼。相应的，S209可以改为，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第四消息，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第四消息。第四消息可指示为第一终端设备监听寻呼。第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼的方式，与第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼的方式是类似的，不多赘述。Or, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, then S208 can be changed to: the second terminal device sends a third message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the message from the second terminal device. Third message. The third message may request to monitor the paging by the first terminal device. Correspondingly, S209 may be changed to: the first terminal device sends the fourth message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fourth message from the first terminal device. The fourth message may indicate that the first terminal device is listening for paging. The manner in which the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device is similar to the manner in which the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, and will not be repeated here.
另外，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，也可以有协商DRX周期的过程，具体的协商过程可参考上文的描述，只需将上文中的“第一终端设备”和“第二终端设备”互换，以及将“第一核心网设备”和“第二核心网设备”互换即可。In addition, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, there may also be a process of negotiating the DRX cycle. For the specific negotiation process, please refer to the above description, and only need to combine the "first terminal device" and "" It is sufficient to exchange "second terminal equipment", and "first core network equipment" and "second core network equipment".
或者，也可以不执行S208和S209，而是执行如下的S210，可以认为，S208～S209和S210是两种实施方式，只执行其中一种即可，因此S208～S210均为可选的步骤，在图2中用虚线表示。Alternatively, S208 and S209 may not be executed, but the following S210 may be executed. It can be considered that S208 to S209 and S210 are two implementations, and only one of them needs to be executed. Therefore, S208 to S210 are all optional steps. It is indicated by a dashed line in FIG. 2 .
S210、第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第五消息，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第五消息。第五消息可指示第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或者说，指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼)，可见，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则可执行S210。S210. The second core network device sends the fifth message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth message from the second core network device. The fifth message may instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging through the second terminal device (or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging for the first terminal device). It can be seen that if the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device call, S210 can be executed.
即，如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则可以由第一终端设备请求第二终端设备监听寻呼(如S208)，或者也可以由第二核心网设备指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，而无需第一终端设备的请求。That is, if the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may request the second terminal device to monitor the paging (eg S208), or the second core network device may instruct the second terminal device Paging is monitored for the first terminal device without a request from the first terminal device.
之后，第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼。例如，第二终端设备可计算第一终端设备的PO，并在第一终端设备的PO醒来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。第二终端设备计算PO的方式可参考前文所介绍的公式。Afterwards, the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device. For example, the second terminal device may calculate the PO of the first terminal device, and monitor the paging for the first terminal device when the PO of the first terminal device wakes up. For the way of calculating PO by the second terminal device, reference may be made to the formula introduced above.
例如将第一终端设备的DRX周期称为第一DRX周期，将第二终端设备的DRX周期称为第二DRX周期，第二终端设备可以按照第三DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。其中，如果第一DRX周期小于或等于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第一DRX周期；或者，如果第一DRX周期大于第二DRX周期，则第三DRX周期可以是第二DRX周期。即，第二终端设备可以按照较小的DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼，以减小错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。如果如S209中的介绍，第一DRX周期和/或第二DRX周期是协商确定的，那么第二DRX周期就会小于或等于第一DRX周期，从而第二终端设备只需按照第二终端设备的DRX周期监听寻呼，就既能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼。For example, the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is called the first DRX cycle, the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is called the second DRX cycle, and the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the third DRX cycle . Wherein, if the first DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the first DRX cycle; or, if the first DRX cycle is greater than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle may be the second DRX cycle cycle. That is, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to a smaller DRX cycle, so as to reduce the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device. If, as introduced in S209, the first DRX cycle and/or the second DRX cycle are determined through negotiation, then the second DRX cycle will be less than or equal to the first DRX cycle, so the second terminal device only needs to follow the second DRX cycle. The DRX cycle monitoring paging can monitor both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device.
可选的，第五消息还可以包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或者包括第一DRX周期，或者包括第一终端设备当前的标识和第一DRX周期。第一终端设备当前的标识，例如为所述的第二标识，或者也可以是第一终端设备的其他标识。Optionally, the fifth message may further include the current identifier of the first terminal device, or the first DRX cycle, or the current identifier of the first terminal device and the first DRX cycle. The current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, the second identifier, or other identifiers of the first terminal device.
或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则S210可以改为，第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第五消息，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第五消息。第五消息可指示第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼(或者，指示第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼)。那么可选的，第五消息还可以包括第二终端设备当前的 标识，或者包括第二DRX周期，或者包括第二终端设备当前的标识和第二DRX周期。第二终端设备当前的标识，例如为所述的第三标识，或者也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识。Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, S210 may be changed to: the first core network device sends the fifth message to the first terminal device, and accordingly, the first terminal device receives messages from the first core network The fifth message of the device. The fifth message may instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging through the first terminal device (or, instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging for the second terminal device). Then optionally, the fifth message may further include the current identifier of the second terminal device, or the second DRX cycle, or the current identifier and the second DRX cycle of the second terminal device. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, the third identifier, or other identifiers of the second terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式，还可以考虑一个问题，如果一个终端设备为多个终端设备提供中继服务，且这些终端设备的标识都根据本申请实施例提供的方法来确定，那么根据这些终端设备的标识所计算的PO可能都相同，或者时域距离较小，对于接入网设备来说，可能要在较短的时间内发送较多的寻呼，这就可能会导致用于发送寻呼的资源出现冲突的现象。在本申请实施例中，可以通过相应的方式来解决资源冲突的问题。As an optional implementation manner, a problem can also be considered. If a terminal device provides relay services for multiple terminal devices, and the identifiers of these terminal devices are determined according to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, then according to these The PO calculated by the identification of the terminal equipment may be the same, or the time domain distance is small. For the access network equipment, more pages may be sent in a short period of time, which may lead to the use of The paging resources are in conflict. In the embodiments of the present application, the problem of resource conflict can be solved in a corresponding manner.
例如，如果第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，网络如果要寻呼第一终端设备，则在寻呼消息中包含的第一终端设备的标识可以是第一终端设备在第二终端设备下的标识(或者称为本地标识)。例如，第一终端设备A通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备B也通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备A的标识为1，第一终端设备B的标识为2。网络如果寻呼第一终端设备和第二终端设备，可以在寻呼消息中包含第二终端设备的标识，以及包括第一终端设备在第二终端设备下的标识，例如，网络寻呼第二终端设备和第一终端设备A，则可在寻呼消息中包括第二终端设备的标识，以及包括第一终端设备A的标识1。由于本地标识所需的比特比现有技术中寻呼消息中包含的终端设备的标识所需要的比特少，因此，可以减少寻呼消息的大小，以减少寻呼消息所占用的寻呼资源。For example, if the first terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device, if the network wants to page the first terminal device, the identifier of the first terminal device contained in the paging message may be the first terminal device in the second terminal device. The ID (or local ID) under the device. For example, the first terminal device A monitors the paging through the second terminal device, the first terminal device B also monitors the paging through the second terminal device, the identification of the first terminal device A is 1, and the identification of the first terminal device B is 2 . If the network pages the first terminal equipment and the second terminal equipment, the paging message may include the identification of the second terminal equipment and the identification of the first terminal equipment under the second terminal equipment, for example, the network paging the second terminal equipment. The terminal device and the first terminal device A may include the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier 1 of the first terminal device A in the paging message. Since the bits required for the local identification are less than the bits required for the identification of the terminal device included in the paging message in the prior art, the size of the paging message can be reduced to reduce the paging resources occupied by the paging message.
或者，可以增大不同的终端设备的PO之间的时域距离，并且将多个远端终端设备的PO均匀分布在与中继终端设备的PO相距该时域距离之间的时域位置。Alternatively, the time domain distance between POs of different terminal devices can be increased, and the POs of multiple remote terminal devices are evenly distributed at the time domain positions between the POs of the relay terminal device and the time domain distance.
或者，网络也可以在终端设备的下一个PO再寻呼该终端设备，从而避免在一个PO内寻呼过多的终端设备。Alternatively, the network can also page the terminal device at the next PO of the terminal device, so as to avoid paging too many terminal devices in one PO.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过设置两个终端设备的标识，使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO相同，例如第一终端设备为远端终端设备，第二终端设备为中继终端设备，则第二终端设备在同样的PO上既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，无需在更多的时间内醒来监听寻呼，有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗；或者，可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上相近，则第二终端设备可以在较近的时间内监听第一终端设备的寻呼和第二终端设备的寻呼，例如在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后，第二终端设备可以不必进入休眠状态，而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态，由于两个终端设备的PO在时域上较为接近，因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗，可以小于休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗；或者，也可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，则在PO重叠的时域范围内，第二终端设备既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，相对于现有技术中的中继终端设备完全在不同的PO内监听两个终端设备的寻呼，这种方式也能减小中继终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the identifiers of two terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices are the same, for example, the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, and the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, then the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, which is helpful for Reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the search of the first terminal device in a relatively short time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering the sleep state. , since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; The POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices partially or completely overlap in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the first terminal device. For the paging of two terminal devices, compared with the relay terminal device in the prior art, the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
为了解决相同的技术问题，本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法，请参见图3，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图1C或图1D所示的网络架构为例。In order to solve the same technical problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method. Please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备，第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备。第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备，或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device. The first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
如果将本申请实施例应用在图1C所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可 以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备。如果将本申请实施例应用于这种场景，则下文所介绍的两个核心网设备之间的信息交互过程就无需执行。If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following The second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . The core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG. 1C The terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C . The core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to such a scenario, the information exchange process between the two core network devices described below does not need to be performed.
或者，如果将本申请实施例应用在图1D所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。Alternatively, if the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . , the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D The core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S301、第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第一消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息。第一消息可请求为第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备分配新的标识。S301. The second terminal device sends the first message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the first message from the second terminal device. The first message may request to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, or the first message may be used to request to assign a new identity to the first terminal device.
例如，第一消息可包括第一终端设备的标识，或包括第二终端设备的标识，或包括第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识。如果第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识而不包括第一终端设备的标识，一种可能的情况是，第二核心网设备已知晓第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系，例如，第二终端设备是中继终端设备，第一终端设备是远端终端设备。那么第二核心网设备通过查询，就能确定与第二终端设备具有中继关系的第一终端设备，从而确定第二终端设备是请求为第一终端设备监听寻呼。For example, the first message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or the identification of the second terminal device, or the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device. If the first message includes the identifier of the second terminal device but not the identifier of the first terminal device, a possible situation is that the second core network device already knows the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device For example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device. Then, by querying, the second core network device can determine the first terminal device that has a relay relationship with the second terminal device, thereby determining that the second terminal device requests to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
例如，第一终端设备的标识可以是第一终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、IMSI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。第二终端设备的标识可以是第二终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、IMSI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。 For example, the identifier of the first terminal device may be SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device any of the . The identity of the second terminal device may be one of SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device anyone.
S302、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送第六消息，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第六消息。第六消息可包括第一终端设备的标识，或包括第二终端设备的标识，或包括第一终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的标识。第六消息可用于请求为第一终端设备分配新的标识。如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行S302，而如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备，则可不必执行S302。S302. The second core network device sends a sixth message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the sixth message from the second core network device. The sixth message may include the identification of the first terminal device, or the identification of the second terminal device, or the identification of the first terminal device and the identification of the second terminal device. The sixth message may be used to request the assignment of a new identity to the first terminal device. If the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, S302 may be executed, and if the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, S302 may not be executed.
可选的，第六消息还可以请求为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。例如， 第六消息可以包括第一指示信息，第一指示信息可用于请求为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，第一指示信息可占用一个或多个比特。或者，第六消息无需包括额外的指示信息，因为第六消息请求为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则也可以认为默认请求为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。关于第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的关联关系，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S204的相关介绍。Optionally, the sixth message may also request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. For example, the sixth message may include first indication information, where the first indication information may be used to request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first indication information may occupy one or more bits. Alternatively, the sixth message does not need to include additional indication information, because the sixth message requests to assign a new identity to the first terminal device, it can also be considered that the default request is to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Regarding the association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, reference may be made to the related introduction of S204 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
S303、第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备的新的标识，例如该新的标识为第二标识。S303. The first core network device determines a new identifier of the first terminal device, for example, the new identifier is the second identifier.
例如，第六消息包括第二终端设备的标识，则第一核心网设备可根据第二终端设备的标识确定第一终端设备的新的标识；或者，第六消息包括第一终端设备的标识，例如第一核心网设备已知晓第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系，例如，第二终端设备是中继终端设备，第一终端设备是远端终端设备。那么第一核心网设备通过查询，就能确定与第一终端设备具有中继关系的第二终端设备，从而根据第二终端设备的标识确定第一终端设备的新的标识。关于第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识的方式，可参考图2所示的实施例中对于S203的相关介绍。For example, if the sixth message includes the identifier of the second terminal device, the first core network device may determine the new identifier of the first terminal device according to the identifier of the second terminal device; or, the sixth message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, For example, the first core network device already knows the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. For example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device. Then, the first core network device can determine the second terminal device having a relay relationship with the first terminal device by querying, so as to determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the identification of the second terminal device. For the manner in which the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device, reference may be made to the relevant introduction to S203 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
S304、第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第二标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第二标识。S304: The first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device.
第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配了第二标识，则可将第二标识发送给第一终端设备，以使得第一终端设备能够使用第二标识。If the first core network device allocates the second identification to the first terminal device, the second identification may be sent to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the second identification.
另外，如果第六消息还用于请求为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，则第一核心网设备还可以为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。第一核心网设备接收第六消息后，可根据第一核心网设备的相应策略，确定是否接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，确定是否接受第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或，第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)。如果第一核心网设备能够接受，则第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，而如果第一核心网设备不能接收，则第一核心网设备可以不为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。第一核心网设备还可以向第二核心网设备发送第七消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第七消息。如果第一核心网设备接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，则第七消息可指示第一核心网设备接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，指示第一核心网设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系；或者，如果第一核心网设备不接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，则第七消息可指示第一核心网设备不接受为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系，或者说，指示第一核心网设备不为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系。In addition, if the sixth message is also used to request to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the first core network device may further establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. After receiving the sixth message, the first core network device can determine whether to accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the corresponding policy of the first core network device, or, in other words, determine whether to accept the first terminal device to pass the The second terminal device listens for paging (or, the second terminal device listens for paging through the first terminal device). If the first core network device can accept it, the first core network device may establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and if the first core network device cannot accept it, the first core network device may not be the first core network device. A terminal device establishes an association relationship with a second terminal device. The first core network device may also send a seventh message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the seventh message from the first core network device. If the first core network device accepts to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may indicate that the first core network device accepts to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or, Instruct the first core network device to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; or, if the first core network device does not accept the establishment of an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the seventh message may indicate The first core network device does not accept establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or in other words, instructs the first core network device not to establish an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
在执行S304后，可选的，还可以执行图2所示的实施例中的S208～S210，不多赘述，在图3中也未画出。After S304 is performed, optionally, S208 to S210 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 may also be performed, which are not described in detail, and are not shown in FIG. 3 .
在本申请实施例中，可以通过设置其中一个终端设备的标识，使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO相同，例如第一终端设备为远端终端设备，第二终端设备为中继终端设备，则第二终端设备在同样的PO上既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，无需在更多的时间内醒来监听寻呼，有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗；或者，可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上相近，则第二终端设备可以在较近的时间内监听第一终端设备的寻呼和第二终端设备的寻呼，例如在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后，第二终端设备可以不必进入休眠状态，而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听 完毕后再进入休眠状态，由于两个终端设备的PO在时域上较为接近，因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗，可以小于休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗；或者，也可以使得根据两个终端设备的标识所确定的PO在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，则在PO重叠的时域范围内，第二终端设备既能监听第一终端设备的寻呼，也能监听第二终端设备的寻呼，相对于现有技术中的中继终端设备完全在不同的PO内监听两个终端设备的寻呼，这种方式也能减小中继终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the identification of one of the terminal devices can be set so that the POs determined according to the identifications of the two terminal devices are the same, for example, the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, and the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, then the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device on the same PO, without waking up for more time to monitor the paging, which is helpful for Reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; alternatively, the POs determined according to the identifiers of the two terminal devices can be made similar in the time domain, and the second terminal device can monitor the search of the first terminal device in a relatively short time. For example, after monitoring the paging of one terminal equipment, the second terminal equipment does not need to enter the sleep state, but waits for the other terminal equipment to complete the paging monitoring before entering the sleep state. , since the POs of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after sleeping; The POs determined according to the identities of the two terminal devices partially or completely overlap in the time domain, then within the time domain where the POs overlap, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the first terminal device. For the paging of two terminal devices, compared with the relay terminal device in the prior art, the relay terminal device completely monitors the paging of the two terminal devices in different POs, and this method can also reduce the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
在图2所示的实施例或图3所示的实施例中介绍了，如果第一核心网设备和第一核心网设备是同一个核心网设备，则如何实现两个终端设备的标识保持一致。而如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备不是同一个核心网设备，也需要实现两个终端设备的标识保持一致，以使得两个终端设备的标识能继续满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，或使得两个终端设备的PO能继续满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种。为此，本申请实施例提供第三种通信方法，通过该方法，即使第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备不是同一个核心网设备，也能够实现两个终端设备的标识保持一致。请参见图4，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图1D所示的网络架构为例。图4所示的实施例可与图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)结合应用，例如在图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)执行完毕后，如果有其中一个终端设备的标识发生变化，且两个核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行图4所示的实施例；或者，图4所示的实施例与图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)也可以不结合，而是可以分别单独应用。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , if the first core network device and the first core network device are the same core network device, how to keep the identifiers of the two terminal devices consistent . However, if the first core network device and the second core network device are not the same core network device, it is also necessary to keep the identities of the two terminal devices consistent, so that the identities of the two terminal devices can continue to satisfy the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . One or more of the seven relationships between the identities introduced, or one of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 so that the POs of the two terminal devices can continue to satisfy or more. To this end, the embodiment of the present application provides a third communication method. By this method, even if the first core network device and the second core network device are not the same core network device, the identity of the two terminal devices can be kept consistent. Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D as an example. The embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) After the execution is completed, if the identifier of one of the terminal devices changes, and the two core network devices are different core network devices, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be executed; or, the embodiment shown in FIG. The embodiment shown in 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) may not be combined, but may be applied separately.
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备，第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备。第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备，或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。如果将本申请实施例应用在图1D所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device. The first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the following The second terminal device described herein may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . In the core network device 1, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D ; or, the first terminal device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown below, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S401、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第八消息。第八消息可指示为第二终端设备分配新的标识，或，指示第一终端设备的标识发生变化，或，指示为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如，第八消息包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或包括第二终端设备当前的标识。第一终端设备当前的标识例如为第一终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。第二终端设备当前的标识例如为第二终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。S401. The first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the eighth message from the first core network device. The eighth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the identity of the first terminal device is changed, or that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device. For example, the eighth message includes the current identification of the first terminal device, or includes the current identification of the second terminal device. The current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
如果第一核心网设备需要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，或者第一核心网设备为第一 终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N发生变化，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)发生变化，或者，第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离大于第一阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID之间的差值超过第二阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N之间的差值超过第三阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值超过第四阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns与第二终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns之间的差值超过第五阈值，且第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行S401。 If the first core network device needs to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, the UE_ID of the first terminal device will change, or the first core network device is The allocation of a new identity by the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, or the allocation of a new identity by the first core network device to the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod(N*N s of the first terminal device to change. ) changes, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the PO corresponding to the changed identifier of the first terminal device and the second terminal device The time domain distance between the POs is greater than the first threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID of the first terminal device The difference with the UE_ID of the second terminal device exceeds the second threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID mod N The difference between the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device and the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device exceeds the third threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to mod (N * N s) is changed, the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) UE_ID mod (N * N s) , and changes the first terminal device and the second terminal device exceeds the fourth threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns of the first terminal device to change, and the changed floor(UE_ID/N) of the first terminal device ) mod Ns and the difference between the floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns of the second terminal device exceeds the fifth threshold, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, then S401 can be executed .
第二标识是第一终端设备当前的标识，例如，如果将图2所示的实施例与图4所示的实施例相结合，则第二标识可以是图2所述的实施例所述的第二标识。另外，如果将图2所示的实施例与图4所示的实施例相结合，则第二终端设备当前的标识例如为图2所示的实施例所述的第三标识，或者可以是图2所示的实施例所述的第九标识，或者可以是图2所示的实施例所述的第一标识(第一标识是第二终端设备的标识)，或者也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识。The second identifier is the current identifier of the first terminal device. For example, if the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is combined with the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the second identifier may be the one described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . Second logo. In addition, if the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is combined with the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the current identification of the second terminal device is, for example, the third identification described in the embodiment shown in FIG. The ninth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 may be the first identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device), or it may also be the second terminal device other identifiers.
S402、第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的新的标识称为第五标识。这里的第五标识，与图2所示的实施例中所述的第五标识可以是相同的标识，或者也可以是不同的标识。例如，第五标识可以是第二终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。 S402. The second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the fifth identifier. The fifth identifier here may be the same identifier as the fifth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or may be a different identifier. For example, the fifth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
第二核心网设备可以直接为第二终端设备分配新的标识，例如第二核心网设备可以确定有哪些标识尚未分配，则可以从中选择一个分配给第二终端设备。其中，第二核心网设备为第二终端设备所分配新的标识可以是与第二终端设备原来的标识不同的标识。例如，第五标识对应的PO与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的PO之间的时域距离大于第一阈值；或者，第五标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的UE_ID之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第二阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第三阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第四阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第五阈值。 The second core network device may directly assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the second core network device may determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and may select one of the identifiers to assign to the second terminal device. The new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device may be an identifier different from the original identifier of the second terminal device. For example, the time-domain distance between the PO corresponding to the fifth identification and the PO corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device is greater than the first threshold; or, the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the fifth identification and the UE_ID corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device The difference (or, interval) between is less than or equal to the second threshold; or, the difference (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the fifth identification (UE_ID mod N) and the original identification of the second terminal device (UE_ID mod N) interval) equal to or less than a third threshold; or, (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) with the original identifier corresponding to the second terminal device corresponding to the identifier between the fifth (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) of The difference (or, the interval) is less than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the fifth identification and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device) The difference (or, interval) between N s ) is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
S403、第二核心网设备将第五标识发送给第一核心网设备，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第五标识。S403. The second core network device sends the fifth identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the fifth identification from the second core network device.
第二核心网设备在为第二终端设备分配第五标识后，可将第五标识发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备能够根据第五标识确定第一终端设备的新的标识。After allocating the fifth identification to the second terminal device, the second core network device may send the fifth identification to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the fifth identification .
如果第一核心网设备能够根据第五标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S404，否则，如果第一核心网设备不能根据第五标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S405。If the first core network device can assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification, execute S404; otherwise, if the first core network device cannot assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the fifth identification, execute S404 S405.
S404、第一核心网设备根据第五标识，为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第一核心网设备分配给第一终端设备的新的标识称为第六标识。在执行完S404后，可执行S409。S404. The first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the fifth identifier. For example, the new identification assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called the sixth identification. After executing S404, S409 can be executed.
如果第一核心网设备能够根据第五标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第六标识，关于分配方式可参考图2所示的实施例的相关介绍，目的就是要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得两个终端设备的标识满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种。If the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the fifth identity, the first core network device can allocate a sixth identity to the first terminal device. For the allocation method, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 The purpose of the related introduction is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. One or more of the seven relationships between the identities introduced by the embodiment shown in 2.
S405、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第九消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第九消息。第九消息可指示为第二终端设备分配新的标识，或者指示第一核心网设备无法为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如，第九消息可包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或包括第二终端设备当前的标识。第一终端设备当前的标识例如为第一终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。第二终端设备当前的标识例如为第二终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。S405. The first core network device sends a ninth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the ninth message from the first core network device. The ninth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the first core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the first terminal device. For example, the ninth message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or include the current identification of the second terminal device. The current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
一个核心网设备在为终端设备分配标识时，是从可用的标识中选择一个分配给该终端设备，所谓的可用的标识，是指有效的、且尚未分配给其他终端设备的标识。第一核心网设备要根据第五标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，分配结果需要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的三种关系中的一种或多种，可见，第一核心网设备并不能任选一个标识分配给第一终端设备，而是只有一部分标识能够满足第一核心网设备的分配要求。如果能够满足分配要求的这些标识全都不可用，例如是无效标识，或者是已分配给其他终端设备的标识，那么第一核心网设备就无法为第一终端设备分配新的标识。在这种情况下，第一核心网设备可以指示第二核心网设备再为第二终端设备分配新的标识。如果第二核心网设备又为第二终端设备分配了新的标识，这个新的标识不是第五标识，那么针对该新的标识，能够满足第一核心网设备的分配要求的标识可能会发生变化，可能第一核心网设备的可用的标识中就能包括能够满足分配要求的标识，此时可能第一核心网设备就能从可用的标识中选择相应的标识分配给第一终端设备。When a core network device assigns an identifier to a terminal device, it selects one of the available identifiers to assign to the terminal device. The so-called available identifier refers to an identifier that is valid and has not been assigned to other terminal devices. The first core network device needs to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the fifth identity, and the allocation result needs to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy one or more of the three relationships introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . It can be seen that the first core network device cannot assign any identifier to the first terminal device, but only a part of the identifiers can meet the allocation requirements of the first core network device. If all these identifiers that can meet the allocation requirements are unavailable, for example, invalid identifiers, or identifiers that have been allocated to other terminal devices, the first core network device cannot allocate a new identifier to the first terminal device. In this case, the first core network device may instruct the second core network device to allocate a new identity to the second terminal device. If the second core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device, and the new identity is not the fifth identity, then for the new identity, the identity that can meet the allocation requirements of the first core network device may change. , it is possible that the available identifiers of the first core network device can include an identifier that can meet the allocation requirements, and at this time, the first core network device may select a corresponding identifier from the available identifiers to allocate to the first terminal device.
S406、第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的新的标识称为第七标识。第七标识与第五标识可以是不同的标识。关于第七标识的实现方式，可参考图2所示的实施例中对于第一标识或第二标识等实现方式的介绍。S406. The second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the seventh identifier. The seventh identification and the fifth identification may be different identifications. For the implementation of the seventh identification, reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the first identification or the second identification in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
第二核心网设备可以再为第二终端设备分配新的标识，例如第二核心网设备可以确定有哪些标识尚未分配，则可以从中选择一个分配给第二终端设备。The second core network device may assign a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the second core network device may determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and may select one of the identifiers to assign to the second terminal device.
S407、第二核心网设备将第七标识发送给第一核心网设备，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第七标识。S407: The second core network device sends the seventh identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the seventh identification from the second core network device.
第二核心网设备在为第二终端设备分配第七标识后，可将第七标识发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备能够根据第七标识确定第一终端设备的新的标识。After assigning the seventh identifier to the second terminal device, the second core network device may send the seventh identifier to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identifier of the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier .
如果第一核心网设备能够根据第七标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S408，否则，如果第一核心网设备不能根据第七标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则可再执行S405，以此类推，直到第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识为止。If the first core network device can assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the seventh identification, then execute S408; otherwise, if the first core network device cannot assign a new identification to the first terminal device according to the seventh identification, it may S405 is executed again, and so on, until the first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device.
S408、第一核心网设备根据第七标识，为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第一核心网设备分配给第一终端设备的新的标识称为第八标识。S408. The first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the seventh identifier. For example, the new identification assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device is called the eighth identification.
如果第一核心网设备能够根据第七标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则第一核心网设备可以为第一终端设备分配第八标识，关于分配方式可参考图2所示的实施例的相关介绍，目的就是要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的三种关系中的一种或多种。If the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the seventh identity, the first core network device can allocate an eighth identity to the first terminal device. For the allocation method, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . The purpose of the related introduction is to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy one or more of the three relationships introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
S409、第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的新的标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第一终端设备的新的标识。S409: The first core network device sends the new identifier of the first terminal device to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the new identifier of the first terminal device from the first core network device.
例如，如果未执行S404，而是执行了S408，则，第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送的是第八标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第八标识。或者，如果未执行S408，而是执行了S404，则，第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送的是第六标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第六标识。For example, if S404 is not performed, but S408 is performed, the first core network device sends the eighth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the eighth identifier from the first core network device. . Or, if S408 is not performed, but S404 is performed, the first core network device sends the sixth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the sixth identifier from the first core network device. .
第一核心网设备在为第一终端设备分配新的标识后，可将新的标识发送给第一终端设备，从而第一终端设备能够使用新的标识。After allocating a new identifier to the first terminal device, the first core network device may send the new identifier to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the new identifier.
S410、第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第二终端设备的新的标识，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第二终端设备的新的标识。S410. The second core network device sends the new identifier of the second terminal device to the second terminal device, and accordingly, the second terminal device receives the new identifier of the second terminal device from the second core network device.
例如，如果未执行S405～S408，则，第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送的是第五标识，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第五标识。或者，如果执行了S405～S408，则，第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送的是第七标识，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第七标识。For example, if S405 to S408 are not performed, the second core network device sends the fifth identifier to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth identifier from the second core network device. Alternatively, if S405 to S408 are executed, the second core network device sends the seventh identifier to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the seventh identifier from the second core network device.
第二核心网设备在为第二终端设备分配新的标识后，可将新的标识发送给第二终端设备，从而第二终端设备能够使用新的标识。After allocating a new identifier to the second terminal device, the second core network device may send the new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can use the new identifier.
其中，S409可以发生在S410之前，或者S409可以发生在S410之后，或者S409和S410可以同时发生。Wherein, S409 may occur before S410, or S409 may occur after S410, or S409 and S410 may occur simultaneously.
在本申请实施例中，如果一个终端设备的标识发生变化，则另一个终端设备的标识也能够同步发生变化，从而使得第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，以减小终端设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, if the identity of one terminal device changes, the identity of another terminal device can also change synchronously, so that the paging occasion of the first terminal device is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, Or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device The timings partially or fully overlap in the time domain to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
如果第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备不是同一个核心网设备，也需要实现两个终端设备的标识同步变化，以使得两个终端设备的标识能继续满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的三种关系中的一种或多种。图4所示的实施例介绍了能够实现该目的的一种方法，下面本申请实施例提供第四种通信方法，通过该方法也能实现，即使第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备不是同一个核心网设备，也能够实现两个终端设备的标识同步变化。请参见图5，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图1D所示的网络架构为例。图5所示的实施例可与图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)结合应用，例如在图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)执行完毕后，如果有其中一个终端设备的标识 发生变化，且两个核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行图5所示的实施例；或者，图5所示的实施例与图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)也可以不结合，而是可以分别单独应用。If the first core network device and the second core network device are not the same core network device, it is also necessary to realize the synchronous change of the identifiers of the two terminal devices, so that the identifiers of the two terminal devices can continue to meet the requirements of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . One or more of the three relationships presented. The embodiment shown in FIG. 4 introduces a method that can achieve this purpose. The following embodiments of the present application provide a fourth communication method, which can also be achieved by this method, even if the first core network device and the second core network device are not The same core network device can also realize the synchronous change of the identities of two terminal devices. Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D as an example. The embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) After the execution is completed, if the identifier of one of the terminal devices changes, and the two core network devices are different core network devices, the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be executed; or, the embodiment shown in FIG. The embodiment shown in 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) may not be combined, but may be applied separately.
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备，第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备。第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备，或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。如果将本申请实施例应用在图1D所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device. The first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices. If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the following The second terminal device described herein may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . In the core network device 1, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D ; or, the first terminal device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown below, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S501、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第八消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第八消息。第八消息可指示为第二终端设备分配新的标识，或，指示第一终端设备的标识发生变化，或，指示为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如，第八消息包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或包括第二终端设备当前的标识。第一终端设备当前的标识例如为第一终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。第二终端设备当前的标识例如为第二终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。S501. The first core network device sends an eighth message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the eighth message from the first core network device. The eighth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the second terminal device, or that the identity of the first terminal device is changed, or that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device. For example, the eighth message includes the current identification of the first terminal device, or includes the current identification of the second terminal device. The current identifier of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
如果第一核心网设备需要为第一终端设备分配新的标识，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N发生变化，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)发生变化，或者，第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的标识对应的PO与第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离大于第一阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID与第二终端设备的UE_ID之间的差值超过第二阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID mod N与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod N之间的差值超过第三阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与第二终端设备的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值超过第四阈值，或者第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识会导致第一终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns发生变化，且发生变化后的第一终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns与第二终端设备的floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns之间的差值超过第五阈值，且第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备，则可执行S501。关于对第二标识或第二终端设备当前的标识的 介绍，可参考图4所述的实施例中S401的相关内容。 If the first core network device needs to assign a new identifier to the first terminal device, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, the UE_ID of the first terminal device will change, or the first core network device is The allocation of a new identity by the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, or the allocation of a new identity by the first core network device to the first terminal device will cause the UE_ID mod(N*N s of the first terminal device to change. ) changes, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the PO corresponding to the changed identifier of the first terminal device and the second terminal device The time domain distance between the POs is greater than the first threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID of the first terminal device The difference with the UE_ID of the second terminal device exceeds the second threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device to change, and the changed UE_ID mod N The difference between the UE_ID mod N of the first terminal device and the UE_ID mod N of the second terminal device exceeds the third threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the UE_ID of the first terminal device to mod (N * N s) is changed, the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) UE_ID mod (N * N s) , and changes the first terminal device and the second terminal device exceeds the fourth threshold, or the first core network device assigns a new identifier to the first terminal device, which will cause the floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns of the first terminal device to change, and the changed floor(UE_ID/N) of the first terminal device ) mod Ns and the difference between the floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns of the second terminal device exceeds the fifth threshold, and the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices, then S501 can be executed . For an introduction to the second identifier or the current identifier of the second terminal device, reference may be made to the relevant content of S401 in the embodiment described in FIG. 4 .
第八消息还可以包括第一候选标识，第一候选标识是第一核心网设备待分配给第一终端设备的标识，即，第一核心网设备拟将第一候选标识分配给第一终端设备，但还未正式分配。关于第一候选标识的实现方式，可参考图2所示的实施例中对于第一标识或第二标识等实现方式的介绍。The eighth message may further include a first candidate identifier, where the first candidate identifier is an identifier to be assigned by the first core network device to the first terminal device, that is, the first core network device intends to assign the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device , but has not been officially assigned. For the implementation of the first candidate identifier, reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the first identifier or the second identifier in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
如果第二核心网设备能够根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S502～S504，否则，如果第一核心网设备不能根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S505。If the second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, perform S502 to S504; otherwise, if the first core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier identification, then execute S505.
S502、第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第二核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的新的标识称为第五标识。这里的第五标识，与图2所示的实施例中所述的第五标识可以是相同的标识，或者也可以是不同的标识。例如，第五标识可以是第二终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。 S502. The second core network device allocates a new identifier to the second terminal device. For example, the new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device is called the fifth identifier. The fifth identifier here may be the same identifier as the fifth identifier described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or may be a different identifier. For example, the fifth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the second terminal device.
第五消息包括第一候选标识，则第二核心网设备可以根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，分配方式可参考图2所示的实施例的相关介绍。其中，第二核心网设备为第二终端设备所分配新的标识可以是与第二终端设备原来的标识不同的标识。例如，第五标识对应的PO与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的PO之间的时域距离大于第一阈值；或者，第五标识对应的UE_ID与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的UE_ID之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第二阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(UE_ID mod N)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第三阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(UE_ID mod(N*N s))之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第四阈值；或者，第五标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)与第二终端设备原来的标识对应的(floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s)之间的差值(或，间隔)小于或等于第五阈值。总之，目的就是要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得两个终端设备的标识满足图2所示的实施例所介绍标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种。 If the fifth message includes the first candidate identifier, the second core network device may allocate a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, and reference may be made to the related introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 for the allocation method. The new identifier allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device may be an identifier different from the original identifier of the second terminal device. For example, the time-domain distance between the PO corresponding to the fifth identification and the PO corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device is greater than the first threshold; or, the difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the fifth identification and the UE_ID corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device The difference (or, interval) between is less than or equal to the second threshold; or, the difference (UE_ID mod N) corresponding to the fifth identification (UE_ID mod N) and the original identification of the second terminal device (UE_ID mod N) interval) equal to or less than a third threshold; or, (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) with the original identifier corresponding to the second terminal device corresponding to the identifier between the fifth (UE_ID mod (N * N s )) of The difference (or, the interval) is less than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, (floor(UE_ID/N) mod N s ) corresponding to the fifth identification and (floor(UE_ID/N) mod corresponding to the original identification of the second terminal device) The difference (or, interval) between N s ) is less than or equal to the fifth threshold. In short, the purpose is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or to make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet the requirements shown in FIG. One or more of the seven relationships between the identities introduced by the embodiments.
S503、第二核心网设备将第五标识发送给第一核心网设备，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第五标识。S503. The second core network device sends the fifth identification to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the fifth identification from the second core network device.
第二核心网设备在为第二终端设备分配第五标识后，可将第五标识发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备能够根据第五标识确定第一终端设备的新的标识。After allocating the fifth identification to the second terminal device, the second core network device may send the fifth identification to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can determine the new identification of the first terminal device according to the fifth identification .
S504、第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配第一候选标识，或者说，第一核心网设备确定第一终端设备的新的标识为第一候选标识。在执行S504之后，执行S508。S504: The first core network device allocates the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device, or in other words, the first core network device determines a new identifier of the first terminal device as the first candidate identifier. After S504 is performed, S508 is performed.
因为第一核心网设备将第一候选标识发送给了第二核心网设备，第二核心网设备也将第五标识发给了第一核心网设备，因此第一核心网设备可以认为第五标识是根据第一候选标识分配的，那么第一核心网设备无需再为第一终端设备选择其他标识，而是将第一候选标识分配给第一终端设备即可。Because the first core network device sends the first candidate identifier to the second core network device, and the second core network device also sends the fifth identifier to the first core network device, the first core network device can consider the fifth identifier is allocated according to the first candidate identifier, then the first core network device does not need to select another identifier for the first terminal device, but only needs to assign the first candidate identifier to the first terminal device.
S505、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送第九消息，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第九消息。第九消息可指示为第一终端设备分配新的标识，或者，指示第二核心网设备无法为第二终端设备分配新的标识。例如，第九消息可包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或包括第二终端设备当前的标识。第一终端设备当前的标识例如为第一 终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。第二终端设备当前的标识例如为第二终端设备的SUCI、SUPI、5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、或5G-TMSI中的任意一个。S505. The second core network device sends the ninth message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the ninth message from the second core network device. The ninth message may indicate that a new identity is allocated to the first terminal device, or may indicate that the second core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the second terminal device. For example, the ninth message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or include the current identification of the second terminal device. The current identification of the first terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the first terminal device. The current identifier of the second terminal device is, for example, any one of SUCI, SUPI, 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, or 5G-TMSI of the second terminal device.
一个核心网设备在为终端设备分配标识时，是从可用的标识中选择一个分配给该终端设备，所谓的可用的标识，是指有效的、且尚未分配给其他终端设备的标识。第二核心网设备要根据第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，分配结果需要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种，或者需要使得两个终端设备的标识满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种，可见，第二核心网设备并不能任选一个标识分配给第二终端设备，而是只有一部分标识能够满足第二核心网设备的分配要求。如果能够满足分配要求的这些标识全都不可用，例如是无效标识，或者是已分配给其他终端设备的标识，那么第二核心网设备就无法为第二终端设备分配新的标识。在这种情况下，第二核心网设备可以指示第一核心网设备再为第一终端设备分配新的标识。如果第一核心网设备又为第一终端设备拟分配新的标识，这个新的标识不是第一候选标识，那么针对该新的标识，能够满足第二核心网设备的分配要求的标识可能会发生变化，可能第二核心网设备的可用的标识中就能包括能够满足分配要求的标识，此时可能第二核心网设备就能从可用的标识中选择相应的标识分配给第二终端设备。When a core network device assigns an identifier to a terminal device, it selects one of the available identifiers to assign to the terminal device. The so-called available identifier refers to an identifier that is valid and has not been assigned to other terminal devices. The second core network device needs to assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identifier, and the assignment result needs to make the POs of the two terminal devices satisfy the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . one or more, or it is necessary to make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the seven relationships between the identifiers introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, it can be seen that the second core network device does not An optional identifier cannot be allocated to the second terminal device, but only a part of the identifiers can meet the allocation requirements of the second core network device. If all these identifiers that can meet the allocation requirements are unavailable, for example, invalid identifiers, or identifiers that have been allocated to other terminal devices, the second core network device cannot allocate new identifiers to the second terminal device. In this case, the second core network device may instruct the first core network device to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device. If the first core network device intends to allocate a new identity to the first terminal device, and the new identity is not the first candidate identity, then for the new identity, an identity that can meet the allocation requirements of the second core network device may occur. If it changes, the available identifiers of the second core network device may include identifiers that can meet the allocation requirements, and at this time, the second core network device may select a corresponding identifier from the available identifiers to allocate to the second terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式，第九消息还可以包括第二候选标识，第二候选标识是第二核心网设备待分配给第二终端设备的标识，即，第二核心网设备拟将第二候选标识分配给第二终端设备，但还未正式分配。也就是说，第二核心网设备无法根据第一核心网设备建议的第一候选标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识，那么第二核心网设备可以为第二终端设备选择拟分配的第二候选标识，并将第二候选标识发送给第一核心网设备，从而第一核心网设备也能根据第二候选标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，以尽量避免第二核心网设备再出现无法为第二终端设备分配新的标识的情况出现。关于第二候选标识的实现方式，可参考图2所示的实施例中对于第一标识或第二标识等实现方式的介绍。As an optional implementation manner, the ninth message may further include a second candidate identifier, where the second candidate identifier is an identifier to be allocated by the second core network device to the second terminal device, that is, the second core network device intends to assign the first candidate identifier to the second terminal device. The second candidate identification is assigned to the second terminal device, but has not been formally assigned. That is to say, if the second core network device cannot allocate a new identity to the second terminal device according to the first candidate identity suggested by the first core network device, the second core network device can select the second terminal device to be allocated a new identity. candidate identifier, and send the second candidate identifier to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can also assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, so as to avoid the reappearance of the second core network device as much as possible A situation arises where a new identity cannot be assigned to the second terminal device. Regarding the implementation of the second candidate identifier, reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the first identifier or the second identifier in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
如果第九消息不包括第二候选标识，可执行S506；或者，如果第九消息包括第二候选标识，且第一核心网设备能够根据第二候选标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则执行S506，否则，如果第九消息包括第二候选标识，且第一核心网设备不能根据第二候选标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，则可再执行S501，以此类推。If the ninth message does not include the second candidate identifier, S506 can be executed; or, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, and the first core network device can assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, then Go to S506, otherwise, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, and the first core network device cannot assign a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier, S501 can be performed again, and so on.
S506、第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配新的标识。例如将第一核心网设备为第二终端设备分配的新的标识称为第八标识。第八标识与第一候选标识可以是不同的标识。例如，第八标识可以是第一终端设备的5G-GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)中的任意一个。 S506. The first core network device allocates a new identifier to the first terminal device. For example, the new identifier allocated by the first core network device to the second terminal device is called the eighth identifier. The eighth identification and the first candidate identification may be different identifications. For example, the eighth identifier may be any one of 5G-GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ) of the first terminal device.
如果第九消息不包括第二候选标识，则第一核心网设备可以直接为第一终端设备分配新的标识，例如第一核心网设备可以确定有哪些标识尚未分配，则可以从中选择一个分配给第一终端设备。或者，如果第九消息包括第二候选标识，则第一核心网设备可以根据第二候选标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识，分配方式可参考图2所示的实施例的相关介绍，目的就是要使得两个终端设备的PO满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的PO之间的三种关系中的一种或多种，或者使得两个终端设备的标识满足图2所示的实施例所介绍的标识之间的七种关系中的一种或多种。If the ninth message does not include the second candidate identifier, the first core network device can directly assign a new identifier to the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device can determine which identifiers have not been assigned, and can select one to assign to the first terminal device. The first terminal device. Alternatively, if the ninth message includes the second candidate identifier, the first core network device may allocate a new identifier to the first terminal device according to the second candidate identifier. For the allocation method, refer to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . It is to make the POs of the two terminal devices meet one or more of the three relationships between the POs introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , or make the identifiers of the two terminal devices meet the implementation shown in FIG. 2 . One or more of the seven relationships between the identities described in the example.
S507、第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的新的标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第一终端设备的新的标识。S507: The first core network device sends the new identifier of the first terminal device to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the new identifier of the first terminal device from the first core network device.
例如，如果未执行S505～S506，而是执行了S504，则，第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送的是第一候选标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第一候选标识。或者，如果未执行S504，而是执行了S505～S506，则，第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送的是第八标识，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第八标识。For example, if S505 to S506 are not executed, but S504 is executed, the first candidate identifier sent by the first core network device to the first terminal device is correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the information from the first core network device. The first candidate identifier. Alternatively, if S504 is not performed, but S505 to S506 are performed, the first core network device sends the eighth identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the eighth identifier from the first core network device. Eight logos.
第一核心网设备在为第一终端设备分配新的标识后，可将新的标识发送给第一终端设备，从而第一终端设备能够使用新的标识。After allocating a new identifier to the first terminal device, the first core network device may send the new identifier to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can use the new identifier.
S508、第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第二终端设备的新的标识，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第二终端设备的新的标识。S508: The second core network device sends the new identifier of the second terminal device to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the new identifier of the second terminal device from the second core network device.
例如，第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送的是第五标识，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第五标识。For example, what the second core network device sends to the second terminal device is the fifth identifier, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth identifier from the second core network device.
第二核心网设备在为第二终端设备分配新的标识后，可将新的标识发送给第二终端设备，从而第二终端设备能够使用新的标识。After allocating a new identifier to the second terminal device, the second core network device may send the new identifier to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can use the new identifier.
其中，S507可以发生在S508之前，或者S507可以发生在S508之后，或者S507和S508可以同时发生。Wherein, S507 may occur before S508, or S507 may occur after S508, or S507 and S508 may occur simultaneously.
在本申请实施例中，如果一个终端设备的标识发生变化，则另一个终端设备的标识也能够同步发生变化，从而使得第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠，以减小终端设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, if the identity of one terminal device changes, the identity of another terminal device can also change synchronously, so that the paging occasion of the first terminal device is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, Or, the time domain distance between the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or, the paging occasion of the first terminal device and the paging occasion of the second terminal device The timings partially or fully overlap in the time domain to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中，核心网设备既能够支持第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼(或支持第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼)，也能够取消支持，即，不再支持第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼(或支持第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼)。下面，本申请实施例提供第五种通信方法，用于介绍如何取消支持第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼(或第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼)。请参见图6，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图1C或图1D所示的网络架构为例。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device can not only support the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or support the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device), but also can cancel the support, that is, not to The first terminal device is then supported to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or the second terminal device is supported to monitor paging for the first terminal device). Next, an embodiment of the present application provides a fifth communication method for introducing how to cancel the support for the first terminal device to monitor paging for the second terminal device (or the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device). Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D as an example.
其中，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图4所示的实施例和图6所示的实施例，可以是三个彼此独立的实施例，均不进行结合；或者，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图4所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例，也可以有任意两个能够结合应用，例如图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)能够与图6所示的实施例结合应用，而图4所示的实施例单独应用，或者图4所示的实施例能够与图6所示的实施例结合应用，而图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)单独应用，或者这三个实施例均能结合应用；或者，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图4所示的实施例和图6所示的实施例，这三个实施例可以结合应用。Among them, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the embodiment shown in FIG. combination; alternatively, any two of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be used in combination, for example The embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) can be used in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be used alone, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be used It is applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) is applied alone, or all three embodiments can be applied in combination; or, as shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , these three embodiments may be applied in combination.
或者，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图5所示的实施例和图6所示的实施例，可以是三个彼此独立的实施例，均不进行结合；或者，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例，也可以有任意两个能够结合应用，例如图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)能够与图6所示的实施例结合应用，而图5所示的实施例单独应用，或者图5所示的实施例能够与图6所示的实施例结 合应用，而图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)单独应用，或者这三个实施例均能结合应用；或者，图2所示的实施例(或，图3所示的实施例)、图5所示的实施例和图6所示的实施例，这三个实施例可以结合应用。Alternatively, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. combination; alternatively, any two of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be used in combination, for example The embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) can be used in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be used alone, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be used It is applied in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ) is applied alone, or all three embodiments can be applied in combination; or, as shown in FIG. 2 (or, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 ), the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , these three embodiments may be applied in combination.
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备，第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备。第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备，或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is a core network device serving the first terminal device, and the second core network device is a core network device serving the second terminal device. The first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may be different core network devices.
如果将本申请实施例应用在图1C所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1C所示的网络架构中的核心网设备。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备。If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the following The second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . The core network equipment in the hereinafter, the second core network equipment described hereinafter may also be the core network equipment in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C; or, the first terminal equipment described hereinafter may be shown in FIG. 1C The terminal device 2 in the network architecture, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C , and the first core network device described below may be the network shown in FIG. 1C . The core network device in the architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1C . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
或者，如果将本申请实施例应用在图1D所示的网络架构，则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即，中继终端设备)，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即，远端终端设备)，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2；或者，下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备2，下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的终端设备1，下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2，下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1D所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1。可以看到，在这种场景下，第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。Alternatively, if the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . , the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 1D . The core network device 1 in the network architecture, the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D; or, the first terminal device described below may be the The terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D, and the first core network device described below may be FIG. 1D The core network device 2 in the shown network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 1 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1D . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S601、第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一指示消息，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一指示消息。S601. The first terminal device sends a first indication message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first indication message from the first terminal device.
例如，第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，那么第一指示消息可以请求不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，请求从网络监听寻呼，或者，请求不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。或者，第一指示消息也可以是用于指示不再通过第二终端设备接入网络(或，与网络通信)的消息，如果是这种情况，则认为第一指示消息是隐式请求了不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼。For example, the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, then the first indication message may request to no longer monitor the paging through the second terminal device, or request to monitor the paging from the network, or request to no longer use the first terminal device to monitor the paging. The terminal device is associated with the second terminal device. Alternatively, the first indication message may also be a message used to indicate that the second terminal device no longer accesses the network (or communicates with the network). The paging is then monitored through the second terminal device.
又例如，第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，那么第一指示消息可以请求不再为第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，请求第二终端设备从网络监听寻呼，或者，请求不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。或者，第一指示消息也可以是用于指示不再为第二终端设备提供中继服务的消息，如果是这种情况，则认为第一指示消息是隐式请求了不再为第二终端设备监听寻呼。For another example, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the first indication message may request to no longer monitor the paging for the second terminal device, or request the second terminal device to monitor the paging from the network, or request The first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated. Alternatively, the first indication message may also be a message used to indicate that the relay service is no longer provided for the second terminal device. If this is the case, it is considered that the first indication message is an implicit request to no longer serve the second terminal device. Monitor paging.
第一指示消息例如为NAS消息，例如为第一终端设备的注册请求消息。或者，第一指示消息也可以是接入网设备发送给第一核心网设备的N2消息，例如，第一终端设备可 以向接入网设备发送第一指示消息，接入网设备再将第一指示消息发送给第一核心网设备。The first indication message is, for example, a NAS message, for example, a registration request message of the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first indication message may also be an N2 message sent by the access network device to the first core network device. For example, the first terminal device may send the first indication message to the access network device, and the access network device will then send the first indication message to the access network device. The indication message is sent to the first core network device.
S602、如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第一核心网设备确定不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，确定不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第一核心网设备确定不再支持第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，确定不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。S602. If the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device. Or, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device.
第一核心网设备可以在接收第一指示消息后执行S602，或者，即使未接收第一指示消息，第一核心网设备也可以执行S602，例如第一核心网设备也可以根据其他因素确定不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。因此S601是可选的步骤，在图6中用虚线表示。The first core network device may perform S602 after receiving the first indication message, or, even if the first indication message is not received, the first core network device may also perform S602, for example, the first core network device may also determine according to other factors The first terminal device and the second terminal device are associated. Therefore, S601 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
第一核心网设备如果确定不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或确定不再支持第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或确定不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联，则第一核心网设备可以取消第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的关联关系(即，图2所示的实施例所述的第二关联关系，对于第二关联关系的解释可参考图2所示的实施例的介绍)。If the first core network device determines that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or determines that it no longer supports the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or determines that the first terminal device is no longer supported. is associated with the second terminal device, the first core network device can cancel the association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (that is, the second association relationship described in the embodiment shown in FIG. For the explanation of the two association relationships, please refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 ).
S603、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送第二指示消息，相应的，第二核心网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第二指示消息。例如，第二指示消息可包括第一终端设备当前的标识，或包括第二终端设备当前的标识，或包括第一终端设备当前的标识和第二终端设备当前的标识。关于终端设备的标识的相关介绍，可参考图2所示的实施例～图5所示的实施例中的任一个实施例。S603. The first core network device sends a second indication message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the second indication message from the first core network device. For example, the second indication message may include the current identification of the first terminal device, or the current identification of the second terminal device, or the current identification of the first terminal device and the current identification of the second terminal device. For the related introduction of the identification of the terminal device, reference may be made to any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 .
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第二指示消息可指示不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第二指示消息可指示不再支持第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。If the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, the second indication message may indicate that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the end device. Or, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the second indication message may indicate that the second terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or, indicate that the first terminal device and the first terminal device are no longer supported. associated with the second terminal device.
第二核心网设备如果根据第二指示消息确定不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或确定不再支持第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或确定不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联，则第二核心网设备可以取消第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的第二关联关系。If the second core network device determines according to the second indication message that it no longer supports the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or determines that it no longer supports the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or determines that it no longer supports Associating the first terminal device with the second terminal device, the second core network device can cancel the second association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
S604、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送第一确认消息，相应的，第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第一确认消息。S604. The second core network device sends a first confirmation message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first confirmation message from the second core network device.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第一确认消息可用于确认不再支持第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于确认不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第一确认消息可用于确认不再支持第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于确认不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。If the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, the first confirmation message may be used to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the second terminal device, or to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer supported associated with the second terminal device. Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the first confirmation message may be used to confirm that the second terminal device is no longer supported to monitor paging through the first terminal device, or to confirm that the first terminal device is no longer allowed to monitor paging. The terminal device is associated with the second terminal device.
S605、第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第三指示消息，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第三指示消息。S605. The first core network device sends a third indication message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第三指示消息可用于指示不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联，或者，用于指示从网络监听寻呼。或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第三指 示消息可用于指示不再通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联，或者，用于指示从网络监听寻呼。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, the third indication message may be used to indicate that the second terminal device will no longer monitor the paging, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device will no longer be connected to each other. Associated, or used to indicate that the page is monitored from the network. Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, the third indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitored for paging, or used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer monitored for paging. The terminal device is associated, or, used to instruct to listen for paging from the network.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第三指示消息后，就不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，而是直接从网络监听寻呼。而第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系还可以继续存在，即，第二终端设备还可以为第一终端设备提供中继服务；或者，如果第一指示消息是用于指示不再通过第二终端设备接入网络(或，与网络通信)的消息，那么第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系也不再存在，即，第二终端设备不再为第一终端设备提供中继服务。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, after the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device, it no longer monitors the paging through the second terminal device, but directly monitors the network from the network. paging. However, the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device may continue to exist, that is, the second terminal device may also provide relay services for the first terminal device; or, if the first indication message is used to indicate If the second terminal device no longer accesses the network (or communicates with the network), the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device no longer exists, that is, the second terminal device is no longer The first terminal device provides a relay service.
或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第三指示消息后，就不再为第二终端设备监听寻呼，第二终端设备直接从网络监听寻呼。而第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系还可以继续存在，即，第一终端设备还可以为第二终端设备提供中继服务；或者，如果第一指示消息是用于指示不再为第二终端设备提供中继服务的消息，那么第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的中继关系也不再存在，即，第一终端设备不再为第二终端设备提供中继服务。Or, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, after the first terminal device receives the third indication message from the first core network device, it no longer monitors the paging for the second terminal device, and the second terminal device Monitor pages directly from the network. The relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device may continue to exist, that is, the first terminal device may also provide relay services for the second terminal device; or, if the first indication message is used to indicate The message that the relay service is no longer provided for the second terminal device, the relay relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device no longer exists, that is, the first terminal device no longer provides the second terminal device. continue service.
S606、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第四指示消息，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第四指示消息。例如第四指示消息可以是PC5-RRC消息，或者可以是PC5-S消息。S606: The first terminal device sends a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message from the first terminal device. For example, the fourth indication message may be a PC5-RRC message, or may be a PC5-S message.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第四指示消息可用于指示不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示第一终端设备从网络监听寻呼。第二终端设备接收第四指示消息后，可以不再为第一终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备从网络监听寻呼。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, the fourth indication message may be used to indicate that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging from the network. After the second terminal device receives the fourth indication message, it may no longer monitor the paging for the first terminal device, and the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network.
或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第四指示消息可用于指示不再为第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示第二终端设备从网络监听寻呼。第二终端设备接收第四指示消息后，可以不再通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，而是从网络监听寻呼。Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device, the fourth indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitored for the paging, or used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging from the network. After receiving the fourth indication message, the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging through the first terminal device, but monitor the paging from the network.
S607、第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第二确认消息，相应的，第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第二确认消息。第二确认消息可认为是第三指示消息的响应消息，例如第二确认消息可以是PC5-RRC消息，或者可以是PC5-S消息。S607. The second terminal device sends a second confirmation message to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second confirmation message from the second terminal device. The second confirmation message may be regarded as a response message of the third indication message, for example, the second confirmation message may be a PC5-RRC message, or may be a PC5-S message.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第二确认消息可用于确认不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于确认第一终端设备从网络监听寻呼。或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第二确认消息可用于指示不再为第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于确认第二终端设备从网络监听寻呼。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, the second confirmation message may be used to confirm that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to confirm that the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network. Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors pages for the second terminal device, the second confirmation message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device is no longer monitoring pages for the first terminal device, or to confirm that the second terminal device monitors pages from the network.
或者，也可以不执行S606和S607，而是执行如下的S608。可以认为，S606～S607和S608是两种实施方式，只需执行其中一种即可。因此，S606～S608均为可选的步骤，在图6中用虚线表示。Alternatively, instead of executing S606 and S607, the following S608 may be executed. It can be considered that S606-S607 and S608 are two implementations, and only one of them needs to be executed. Therefore, S606 to S608 are all optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 6 .
S608、第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第五指示消息，相应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第五指示消息。S608. The second core network device sends a fifth indication message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the fifth indication message from the first core network device.
如果第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼，则第五指示消息可用于指示不再通过第二终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示第一终端设备从网络监听寻呼，或者，用于指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。第二终端设备接收第五指示消息后，可以不再为第一终端设备监听寻呼，第一终端设备从网络监听寻呼。If the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device, the fifth indication message can be used to indicate that the second terminal device is no longer monitoring the paging, or used to instruct the first terminal device to monitor the paging from the network, or, It is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated. After the second terminal device receives the fifth indication message, it may no longer monitor the paging for the first terminal device, and the first terminal device monitors the paging from the network.
或者，如果第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼，则第五指示消息可用于指示不再 为第一终端设备监听寻呼，或者，用于指示第二终端设备从网络监听寻呼，或者，用于指示不再将第一终端设备和第二终端设备相关联。第二终端设备接收第五指示消息后，可以不再通过第一终端设备监听寻呼，而是从网络监听寻呼。Alternatively, if the first terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device, the fifth indication message may be used to indicate that the first terminal device no longer monitors paging for the first terminal device, or is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor paging from the network, Or, it is used to indicate that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are no longer associated. After receiving the fifth indication message, the second terminal device may no longer monitor the paging through the first terminal device, but monitor the paging from the network.
通过本申请实施例提供的方法，既可以设置第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或者，第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)，也可以取消第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼(或者，取消第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼)，使得终端设备监听寻呼的方式更为灵活。With the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to set the first terminal device to monitor paging through the second terminal device (or the second terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device), or to cancel the first terminal device to monitor paging through the first terminal device. The second terminal device monitors the paging (or cancels the second terminal device from monitoring the paging through the first terminal device), so that the manner in which the terminal device monitors the paging is more flexible.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此，上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中，重复的内容不再赘述。The apparatus for implementing the above method in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Therefore, the above content can be used in subsequent embodiments, and repeated content will not be repeated.
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置700的示意性框图。示例性地，通信装置700例如为第一终端设备700。示例性地，第一终端设备700例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第一终端设备。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 700 according to an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 700 is, for example, the first terminal device 700 . Exemplarily, the first terminal device 700 is, for example, the first terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
第一终端设备700包括发送模块720和接收模块730。可选的，第一终端设备700还可以包括处理模块710。示例性地，第一终端设备700可以是终端设备，也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第一终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第一终端设备700是终端设备时，发送模块720可以是发射器，发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等，接收模块730可以是接收器，接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可称为收发器，处理模块710可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)。当第一终端设备700是具有上述第一终端设备功能的部件时，发送模块720可以是射频单元，接收模块也可以是射频单元，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可以是射频单元，处理模块710可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器。当第一终端设备700是芯片系统时，发送模块720可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块730可以是芯片的输入接口(或者，如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口，那么认为发送模块720和接收模块730是同一功能模块，即，芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块710可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者，处理电路)，处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块710可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者，处理电路)实现，接收模块730可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，发送模块720可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The first terminal device 700 includes a sending module 720 and a receiving module 730 . Optionally, the first terminal device 700 may further include a processing module 710 . Exemplarily, the first terminal device 700 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device. When the first terminal device 700 is a terminal device, the sending module 720 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 730 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission The transmitter and the receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver, and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as The baseband processor may include one or more central processing units (CPUs). When the first terminal device 700 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device, the sending module 720 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the first terminal device 700 is a chip system, the sending module 720 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 730 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 710 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units . It should be understood that the processing module 710 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 730 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 720 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如，处理模块710可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如根据第九标识确定第一标识的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块720可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S202和S209，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块730可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S201、S207、S208和S210，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the operation of determining the first identifier according to the ninth identifier, and/or using for other processes in support of the techniques described herein. The sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S202 and S209, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S201, S207, S208, and S210, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
又例如，处理模块710可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块720可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，和/或用于支持 本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块730可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S304，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S304 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
又例如，处理模块710可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块720可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块730可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S409，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S409 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
再例如，处理模块710可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块720可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块730可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S507，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The receiving module 730 may be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S507 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
还例如，处理模块710可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块720可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S601和S606，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块730可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S605和S607，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。Also for example, the processing module 710 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein. The sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S601 and S606, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S605 and S607 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
另外，发送模块720和接收模块730可以是一个功能模块，该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作，该功能模块可称为收发模块，例如收发模块可以用于执行图2所示的实施例至图5所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作，例如，在执行发送操作时，可以认为收发模块是发送模块，而在执行接收操作时，可以认为收发模块是接收模块；或者，发送模块720和接收模块730也可以是两个功能模块，收发模块也可以视为这两个功能模块的统称，发送模块720用于完成发送操作，例如发送模块720可以用于执行图2所示的实施例至图5所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，接收模块730用于完成接收操作，例如接收模块730可以用于执行图2所示的实施例至图5所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 may be a functional module, and the functional module can complete both the sending operation and the receiving operation, and the functional module may be called a transceiver module. All sending operations and receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in any of the embodiments to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 , for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module may be considered to be a sending module, while the When performing the receiving operation, it can be considered that the transceiver module is a receiving module; alternatively, the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730 can also be two functional modules, and the transceiver module can also be regarded as a general term for these two functional modules, and the sending module 720 is used to complete the Sending operations, for example, the sending module 720 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 , and the receiving module 730 may be configured to After completing the receiving operation, for example, the receiving module 730 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 .
关于第一终端设备700所能实现的其他功能，可参考图2所示的实施例至图5所示的实施例中的任一个实施例的相关介绍，不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the first terminal device 700, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5, and details are not repeated here.
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置800的示意性框图。示例性地，通信装置800例如为第一核心网设备800。示例性地，第一核心网设备800例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第二终端设备。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 800 according to an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 800 is, for example, the first core network device 800 . Exemplarily, the first core network device 800 is, for example, the second terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
第一核心网设备800包括处理模块810和接收模块830。可选的，第二终端设备还可以包括发送模块820。示例性地，第一核心网设备800可以是核心网设备，也可以是应用于核心网设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第一核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第一核心网设备800是核心网设备时，发送模块820可以是发射器，发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等，接收模块830可以是接收器，接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可称为收发器，处理模块810可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处 理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第一核心网设备800是具有上述第一核心网设备功能的部件时，发送模块820可以是射频单元，接收模块也可以是射频单元，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可以是射频单元，处理模块810可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器。当第一核心网设备800是芯片系统时，发送模块820可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块830可以是芯片的输入接口(或者，如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口，那么认为发送模块820和接收模块830是同一功能模块，即，芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块810可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者，处理电路)，处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者，处理电路)实现，接收模块830可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，发送模块820可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The first core network device 800 includes a processing module 810 and a receiving module 830 . Optionally, the second terminal device may further include a sending module 820 . Exemplarily, the first core network device 800 may be a core network device, or may be a chip applied in the core network device or other combined devices, components, etc., having the functions of the above-mentioned first core network device. When the first core network device 800 is a core network device, the sending module 820 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 830 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein , the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be set in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver, and the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) , such as a baseband processor, which may include one or more CPUs. When the first core network device 800 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned first core network device, the sending module 820 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, Alternatively, the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the first core network device 800 is a chip system, the sending module 820 may be an output interface of the chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 830 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, Then, it is considered that the sending module 820 and the receiving module 830 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 810 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit. It should be understood that the processing module 810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 830 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 820 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如，处理模块810可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S203和S204，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块820可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S205、S207和S210，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块830可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S202和S206，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S203 and S204, and/or to support the operations described herein. other processes of technology. The sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S205, S207 and S210, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, such as S202 and S206, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
又例如，处理模块810可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S303，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块820可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S304，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块830可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S202和S302，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, such as S303, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes. The sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S304 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein. The receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S202 and S302 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
又例如，处理模块810可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S404和S408，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块820可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S401、S405和S409，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块830可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S403和S407，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S404 and S408, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology. The sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S401 , S405 and S409 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S403 and S407 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
再例如，处理模块810可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S504和S506，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块820可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S501和S507，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块830可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S503和S505，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S504 and S506, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology. The sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S501 and S507 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S503 and S505 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
还例如，处理模块810可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S602，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块820可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S603和S605，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块830可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第一核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S601和S604， 和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。Also, for example, the processing module 810 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S602, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes. The sending module 820 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S603 and S605, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 830 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S601 and S604, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
另外，关于发送模块820和接收模块830的实现方式，可参考对于发送模块720和接收模块730的实现方式的介绍。In addition, regarding the implementation of the sending module 820 and the receiving module 830, reference may be made to the introduction to the implementation of the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730.
关于第一核心网设备800所能实现的其他功能，可参考图2所示的实施例至图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例的相关介绍，不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the first core network device 800, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 6, and details are not repeated here.
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置900的示意性框图。示例性地，通信装置900例如为第二核心网设备900。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 900 is, for example, the second core network device 900 .
第二核心网设备900包括发送模块920和接收模块930。可选的，第二核心网设备900还包括处理模块910。示例性地，第二核心网设备900可以是核心网设备，也可以是应用于核心网设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第二核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第二核心网设备900是核心网设备时，发送模块920可以是发射器，发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等，接收模块930可以是接收器，接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可称为收发器，处理模块910可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第二核心网设备900是具有上述第二核心网设备功能的部件时，发送模块920可以是射频单元，接收模块也可以是射频单元，其中，发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块，或者，发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中，该功能模块可以是射频单元，处理模块910可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器。当第二核心网设备900是芯片系统时，发送模块920可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块930可以是芯片的输入接口(或者，如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口，那么认为发送模块920和接收模块930是同一功能模块，即，芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块910可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者，处理电路)，处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块910可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者，处理电路)实现，接收模块930可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，发送模块920可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The second core network device 900 includes a sending module 920 and a receiving module 930 . Optionally, the second core network device 900 further includes a processing module 910 . Exemplarily, the second core network device 900 may be a core network device, or may be a chip applied in the core network device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second core network device. When the second core network device 900 is a core network device, the sending module 920 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 930 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein , the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be set in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver, and the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) , such as a baseband processor, which may include one or more CPUs. When the second core network device 900 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned second core network device, the sending module 920 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, Alternatively, the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the second core network device 900 is a chip system, the sending module 920 may be an output interface of the chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 930 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, Then, it is considered that the sending module 920 and the receiving module 930 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 910 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units unit. It should be understood that the processing module 910 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 930 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 920 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如为第一终端设备和第二终端设备建立关联关系的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块920可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S206，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块930可以用于执行图2所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S205，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as establishing an association relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. operations, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as S206 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein. The receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , such as S205 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
又例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块920可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S302，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块930可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S301，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or be configured to support other processes of the techniques described herein . The sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S302 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein. The receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , such as S301 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
又例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S402和S406，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块920可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部 发送操作，例如S403、S407和S410，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块930可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S401和S405，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except for the transceiving operations, such as S402 and S406, and/or be configured to support the descriptions herein other processes of the technology. The sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S403, S407 and S410, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S401 and S405 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
再例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S502，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块920可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S503、S503和S507，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块930可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S501，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, and/or be configured to support the techniques described herein other processes. The sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503, S503 and S507, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , such as S501 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
还例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块920可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部发送操作，例如S604和S608，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块930可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由第二核心网设备所执行的全部接收操作，例如S603，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。Also for example, the processing module 910 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, and/or for supporting other processes of the techniques described herein . The sending module 920 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S604 and S608, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 930 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , such as S603 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
另外，关于发送模块920和接收模块930的实现方式，可参考对于发送模块720和接收模块730的实现方式的介绍。In addition, regarding the implementation of the sending module 920 and the receiving module 930, reference may be made to the introduction to the implementation of the sending module 720 and the receiving module 730.
关于第二核心网设备900所能实现的其他功能，可参考图2所示的实施例至图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例的相关介绍，不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the second core network device 900, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to the embodiments shown in FIG. 6, and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置为终端设备时，图10示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图10中，终端设备以手机作为例子。如图10所示，终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication apparatus is a terminal device, FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 10 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 10, the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图10中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元(收发单元可以是一个功能单元，该功能单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能；或者，收发单元也可以包括两个功能单元，分别为能够实现接收功能的接收单元和能够实现发送功能 的发送单元)，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图10所示，终端设备包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元1010中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元1010中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元1010包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device (the transceiver unit may be a functional unit, and the function unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function; alternatively, the transceiver unit may also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing a receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing a transmitting function), and a processor with a processing function is regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 10 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 . The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like. The processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing single board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1010 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
应理解，收发单元1010可用于执行上述图2所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1020用于执行上述图2所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 can be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the processing unit 1020 is configured to perform the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者，收发单元1010可用于执行上述图3所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1020用于执行上述图3所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者，收发单元1010可用于执行上述图4所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1020用于执行上述图4所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , and the processing unit 1020 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except on the first terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者，收发单元1010可用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1020用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者，收发单元1010可用于执行上述图6所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1020用于执行上述图6所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and the processing unit 1020 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except on the first terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时，该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口；处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
本实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时，可以参照图11所示的设备。作为一个例子，该设备可以完成类似于图7中处理模块710的功能。例如，上述实施例中的处理模块710可以是图11中的该处理器1110，并完成相应的功能；上述实施例中的发送模块720可以是图11中的发送数据处理器1120，并完成相应的功能；上述实施例中的接收模块730可以是图11中接收数据处理器1130，并完成相应的功能。虽然图11中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。When the communication device in this embodiment is a terminal device, reference may be made to the device shown in FIG. 11 . As an example, the device may perform functions similar to the processing module 710 in FIG. 7 . For example, the processing module 710 in the above embodiment may be the processor 1110 in FIG. 11 and perform corresponding functions; the sending module 720 in the above embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1120 in FIG. 11 and perform the corresponding functions function; the receiving module 730 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1130 in FIG. 11 , and perform corresponding functions. Although a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in FIG. 11 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limiting description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
图12示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1200中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的，该调制子系统可以包括处理器1203，接口1204。其中，处理器1203完成上述处理模块710的功能，接口1204完成上述发送模块720和接收模块730的功能。作为另一种变形，该调制子系统包括存储器1206、处理器1203及存储在存储器1206上并可在处理器上运行的程序，该处理器1203执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是，所述存储器1206可以是非易失性的，也可以是易失性的，其位置可以位于调制子系统内部，也可以位于处理装置1200中，只要该存储器1206可以连接到所述处理器1203即可。Figure 12 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 1200 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1203 and an interface 1204 . The processor 1203 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 710 , and the interface 1204 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 720 and receiving module 730 . As another variant, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1206, a processor 1203, and a program stored in the memory 1206 and executable on the processor. When the processor 1203 executes the program, the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment is implemented. Methods. It should be noted that the memory 1206 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1206 can be connected to the The processor 1203 is sufficient.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路(ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by general purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地，存储媒介可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息，并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地，存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of this application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field. Illustratively, a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor. The processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
在一个或多个示例性的设计中，本申请实施例所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现，这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上，或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如，这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置，或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外，任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介，例如，如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被 包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘，磁盘通常以磁性复制数据，而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。In one or more exemplary designs, the above functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code. Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access. For example, such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. In addition, any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media. The discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually use Lasers make optical copies of data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should realize that, in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围，凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请实施例的内容，任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的，本申请实施例所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此，本申请实施例所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计，还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。The specific embodiments described above further describe in detail the purposes, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that the above descriptions are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to be used for The protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is limited, and any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application should be included within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The above description of the specification of the present application can enable any content in the art that can utilize or realize the embodiments of the present application, and any modifications based on the disclosed contents should be considered obvious in the art, and the basic principles described in the embodiments of the present application can be Other variations are applied without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention of the present application. Therefore, the contents disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the described embodiments and designs, but can be extended to the widest scope consistent with the principles of the present application and the new features disclosed.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请实施例也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the embodiments of the present application are also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:
    第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一标识，其中，所述第一标识是第二终端设备的标识，或者，所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，或，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务；The first terminal device sends a first identifier to the first core network device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, or the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device. A terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, or the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二标识，所述第二标识是为所述第一终端设备分配的新的标识，其中，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机相同，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于或等于第一阈值，或，所述第二标识对应的寻呼时机与所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。The first terminal device receives a second identification from the first core network device, where the second identification is a new identification allocated for the first terminal device, wherein the paging occasion corresponding to the second identification is the same as the paging occasion of the second terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or , the paging occasion corresponding to the second identifier and the paging occasion of the second terminal device partially or completely overlap in the time domain.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID相同；或，The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N相同；或，The UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identification of the second terminal device; or,
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)相同；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) and the second terminal device corresponding to the identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) identical; or,
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID与所述第二终端设备的标识对应UE_ID之间的差值小于或等于第二阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold; or,
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod N与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod N之间的差值小于或等于第三阈值；或，The difference between the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the second identifier and the UE_ID mod N corresponding to the identifier of the second terminal device is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
    所述第二标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID mod(N*N s)之间的差值小于或等于第四阈值；或， Corresponding to the second identification UE_ID mod (N * N s) the difference between the UE_ID mod (N * N s) to said second identification terminal device corresponding to the fourth threshold value or less; or,
    所述第二标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s与所述第二终端设备的标识对应的floor(UE_ID/N)mod N s之间的差值小于或等于第五阈值； Corresponding to the identifier identifying the second floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s and the second terminal device corresponding to the floor (UE_ID / N) mod N s the difference between equal to or less than the fifth threshold value;
    其中，UE_ID为5G服务临时移动用户识别码5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值，N表示一个非连续接收DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数量，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的数量，mod表示取模运算，floor()表示向下取整。 Among them, UE_ID is the value of the 5G service temporary mobile subscriber identity code 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024, N represents the total number of paging frames included in a discontinuous reception DRX cycle, and N s represents the paging frames included in a paging frame. The number of opportunities, mod represents the modulo operation, and floor() represents the rounding down.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识。The first terminal device receives the identification of the second terminal device from the second terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求1～3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一标识为5G-全球唯一临时用户设备标识GUTI、5G-S-TMSI、5G-TMSI、UE_ID、UE_ID mod N、或UE_ID mod(N*N s)，其中，N表示一个DRX周期包括的寻呼帧的总数，N s表示一个寻呼帧包括的寻呼时机的总数，UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值，mod表示取模运算。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first identifier is 5G-Global Unique Temporary User Equipment Identifier GUTI, 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-TMSI, UE_ID, UE_ID mod N, or UE_ID mod(N*N s ), where N represents the total number of paging frames included in a DRX cycle, N s represents the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame, and UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024 Value, mod represents the modulo operation.
  5. 根据权利要求1～4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein,
    所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第一标识还用于指示，所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device; or,
    所述方法还包括：所述第一终端设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message is used to instruct the first terminal device to request to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息为注册请求消息，或所述 第一消息为用于请求业务的消息。The method according to claim 5, wherein the first message is a registration request message, or the first message is a message for requesting a service.
  7. 根据权利要求1～6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein,
    所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述第二标识还用于指示，允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；或，The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the second identifier is further used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging messages through the second terminal device; or,
    所述方法还包括：所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示允许所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The method further includes: the first terminal device receiving a second message from the first core network device, where the second message is used to indicate that the first terminal device is allowed to monitor paging through the second terminal device information.
  8. 根据权利要求1～7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第二DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期；receiving, by the first terminal device, a second DRX cycle from the second terminal device, where the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备与所述第一核心网设备通过协商确定第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，其中，所述第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期。The first terminal device and the first core network device determine a first DRX cycle through negotiation, where the first DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, where the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle.
  9. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息；sending, by the first terminal device, a third message to the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor the paging message through the second terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a fourth message from the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor a paging message for the first terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备从所述第二终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于请求通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息；receiving, by the first terminal device, a third message from the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request to monitor a paging message through the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于指示为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a fourth message to the second terminal device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to monitor the paging message for the second terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备按照第三DRX周期为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息，其中，当第一DRX周期大于或等于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第二DRX周期，或，当第一DRX周期小于所述第二DRX周期时，所述第三DRX周期为所述第一DRX周期，所述第一DRX周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。The first terminal device monitors a paging message for the second terminal device according to a third DRX cycle, wherein when the first DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the The second DRX cycle, or, when the first DRX cycle is smaller than the second DRX cycle, the third DRX cycle is the first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle is the DRX of the first terminal device cycle, the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  12. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first terminal device provides a relay service for the second terminal device, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备从第一核心网设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第二终端设备通过所述第一终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a fifth message from the first core network device, where the fifth message is used to instruct the second terminal device to monitor the paging message through the first terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识或第三标识，和/或，包括第二DRX周期，其中，所述第三标识为根据所述第二终端设备的标识所确定的标识，所述第二DRX周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期。The method according to claim 12, wherein the fifth message further includes an identification or a third identification of the second terminal device, and/or includes a second DRX cycle, wherein the third identification is the identifier determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求1～13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备从所述第一核心网设备接收第三指示消息，所述第三指示消息用于 指示所述第一终端设备不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device receives a third indication message from the first core network device, where the third indication message is used to instruct the first terminal device to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备向所述第一核心网设备发送第一指示消息，所述第一指示消息用于请求不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a first indication message to the first core network device, where the first indication message is used to request to no longer monitor paging messages through the second terminal device.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第四指示消息，所述第四指示消息用于指示不再通过所述第二终端设备监听寻呼消息。The first terminal device sends a fourth indication message to the second terminal device, where the fourth indication message is used to indicate that the paging message is no longer monitored by the second terminal device.
  17. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，其中，所述处理器与所述收发器耦合，用于执行如权利要求1～16中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a transceiver, wherein the processor is coupled to the transceiver, and is configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-16.
  18. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理模块和收发模块，其中，所述处理模块与所述收发模块耦合，用于执行如权利要求1～16中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising a processing module and a transceiving module, wherein the processing module is coupled to the transceiving module, and is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-16.
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1～16中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1 to 16. method described in item.
PCT/CN2021/106287 2020-07-24 2021-07-14 Communication method and apparatus WO2022017237A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010734069.2A CN113973359A (en) 2020-07-24 2020-07-24 Communication method and device
CN202010734069.2 2020-07-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022017237A1 true WO2022017237A1 (en) 2022-01-27

Family

ID=79586131

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/106287 WO2022017237A1 (en) 2020-07-24 2021-07-14 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113973359A (en)
WO (1) WO2022017237A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109314950A (en) * 2017-04-25 2019-02-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of paging method and device
CN109891947A (en) * 2016-11-04 2019-06-14 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Foundation is paged and connected in a wireless communication system by relay
US20190261309A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-08-22 Sony Corporation Wireless telecommunications apparatuses and methods
US20190373578A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2019-12-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for relaying paging and relay user equipment, and paging reception method and remote user equipment
CN110547006A (en) * 2017-04-28 2019-12-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN110574456A (en) * 2017-05-05 2019-12-13 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining paging

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110536290B (en) * 2018-05-24 2022-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Paging processing method and device
CN111385856B (en) * 2018-12-28 2022-02-18 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication device, and storage medium

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190261309A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-08-22 Sony Corporation Wireless telecommunications apparatuses and methods
CN109891947A (en) * 2016-11-04 2019-06-14 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Foundation is paged and connected in a wireless communication system by relay
US20190373578A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2019-12-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for relaying paging and relay user equipment, and paging reception method and remote user equipment
CN109314950A (en) * 2017-04-25 2019-02-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of paging method and device
CN110547006A (en) * 2017-04-28 2019-12-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN110574456A (en) * 2017-05-05 2019-12-13 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining paging

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SEQUANS COMMUNICAITONS: "Idle mode procedures for feD2D", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #96 R2-168623, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051192655 *
SEQUANS COMMUNICAITONS: "Power efficient relay discovery maintenance and establishment", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #97 R2-1701648, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051223071 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113973359A (en) 2022-01-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11064437B2 (en) Power saving for wireless device
WO2021159244A1 (en) Paging method and device
WO2022012388A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20180027494A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of neighbor awareness networking (nan) data link (ndl) power save
WO2021239064A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021197233A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019007262A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
WO2020181943A1 (en) System information requesting method and device
WO2021120050A1 (en) Method, device, and system for sending configuration information
WO2022017237A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021138854A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method, apparatus and device
WO2021228192A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020253849A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2022099539A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN111066355A (en) Communication method and device
WO2022017235A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2022108894A (en) Terminal, base station and radio communication method
WO2021134702A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021197030A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021127846A1 (en) Paging method, apparatus, and device
WO2023011156A1 (en) Method and apparatus for paging
WO2021027000A1 (en) System information acquisition method, and sending method and apparatus
JP7441808B2 (en) Base station and wireless communication method
WO2023284500A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023202284A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21845398

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21845398

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1